Seamless ecosystem integration
High performance with Apple Silicon chips
Excellent battery life
Limited availability
Outdated designs
Lack of high-end specifications
Here we put the list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which are driving the Indian Market and becoming giants in the tech industry.
Apple is an American multinational technology company founded by Steve Jobs, Steve Wozniak, and Ronald Wayne in the year 1976. It is a company identified with its premium, high-end MacBook laptops- great productivity combined with ultra-modern design. Apple has a total revenue of $383.29 billion, the California-based company holds its headquarters in Cupertino, California. As of 2023, Apple was the fourth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 9 percent by unit sales and the largest manufacturing company by revenue.
Apple is equipped with features such as Retina displays, M1 and M2 chips, and interference-free operation with products from other Apple. Along with its excellent security system, MacBook products are also recognized for their premium construction quality. Apple recently announced the new MacBook Air with the powerful M3 chip, taking an incredible combination of power-efficient performance and portability to a new level making it up to 60% faster.
HP is a leading tech company that was founded in 1939 by Bill Hewlett and David Packard, is now a top laptop brand that has a broad range of products that suit various budgets. Located in Palo Alto, California, HP is worth approximately $12.8 billion as of Q2 in 2024. HP's laptop computers are renowned for their stylish designs and high-speed performance with series like Pavilion, Envy, and Spectre which have superior quality features providing the best performance. With that HP laptops hold a market share of 21.9 percent in the global market as of 2023.
HP laptops offer the HP Command Center, which allows users to optimize performance, fan speed, and noise levels. The Spectre x360 is a popular device among users because of its versatility and stylish look.
Dell is a technology brand founded in 1984 by Michael Dell that can be trusted and, at the same time, it is an innovator. The headquarters is based in Texas, USA. Dell has a revenue of $22.2 billion in Q1 2024, up 6% YoY growth and a market share of 16.6 percent. Dell is the Most Trusted Brand in India and is most commonly recognized for its laptops, which are personalized according to customer specifications.
Dell brings the world’s broadest GenAI portfolio to help lead the AI revolution. The Inspiron series is suitable for everyday users, whereas the Alienware line is for gamers. The Dell CinemaColor technology offers enhanced color accuracy, contrast, and depth for a stunning visual experience, making these laptops perfect for media consumption and professional use. Dell, being renowned for its performance and innovation, has become the favorite of professionals looking for the best quality and reliability and has acquired companies like Alienware, known for high-end gaming PCs.
Lenovo is one of the top laptop makers in the world. It was started by Liu Chuanzhi in 1984 and now has a revenue of over $56,864 million in 2024 and the highest market share of 24.8 percent in the global market as of 2023. The headquarters of the company are located in Beijing, China and the operational headquarters are in Morrisville, North Carolina. Lenovo has operations in over 60 countries and it sells its products in around 180 countries.
Among the innovative and quality devices is the ThinkPad series, admired by professionals and renowned for its TrackPoint navigation and ThinkShutter camera cover, offering innovative cursor control and privacy protection. While the IdeaPad and Legion series are gaming and general consumer-friendly. The ThinkPad X1 Carbon is a relatively new model, but it is already loved for its long battery life and good-quality keyboard. Lenovo has built a solid reputation for quality and performance that allows it to cater to various user segments. Lenovo ranked #248 on the Fortune Global 500 list.
Asus is a high-tech company known for its gaming PC that was established by T.H. Tung, Ted Hsu, Wayne Tsiah, M.T. Liao and Luca D. M., in 1989. It is headquartered in Taipei, Taiwan. The ROG (Republic of Gamers) series is one of the brand's hottest sellers for gamers and has a market share of 7.1 percent as of 2023. The product comes with a strong graphics card and a cooling system that can withstand high temperatures. Asus integrates Aura sync RGB lighting, allowing gamers to customize the aesthetics of their laptops.
Asus is known for its creative design, and a good value for money, but a few models have thermal issues, which made it lose some confidence. ROG Zephyrus G14 is loved by many for its great gaming and portability. In 2019, Asus earned more than eleven awards from some of the world’s most prestigious organizations and media groups and was named the World’s Most Admired Companies by Fortune.
Read More: ASUS India: Pioneering Next-Gen Gaming
Earlier in News: ASUS India Launches 4th Select Store for Refurbished Products in Hyderabad
Acer is a technology company that was founded by Stan Shih, Carolyn Yeh, and Lemuel Girma in 1976 and is a well-known brand for its low-cost and high-quality products. Acer is headquartered in Xizhi, New Taipei City, Taiwan. As of 2024, Acer’s revenue was about $28.19 billion in June and is the world’s sixth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 6.6 percent which has been making cheap laptops such as the Aspire line for students and Predator series for gamers.
Acer’s Predator laptops are equipped with Predator Sense software, enabling users to control and customize system settings. Generally, Acer products offer decent performance and Full HD displays, but may not be the best choice in terms of build quality, as some models tend to have inconsistent quality. In 2019, Acer and Ubisoft teamed up for the Rainbow Six Pro League and other major esports events with the Predator brand as the PC and monitor sponsor. The company announced the esports social platform PLANET9.gg which aims to provide game analytics, community-organized competitions, and social experiences.
Earlier In News: Acer Unveils TravelLite Laptop Tailored for Business Needs
Microsoft is an American multinational tech company founded by Bill Gates and Paul Allen in 1975, Microsoft is a tech behemoth known primarily for its Surface range of laptops. Its headquarters in Redmond, Washington, USA, is where the tech giant has a revenue of $245.1 billion as of 2024.
Microsoft laptops, although more expensive, outshine their competitors due to their top-notch construction and effortless compatibility with the Microsoft ecosystem, making them the preferred choice for tech aficionados and professionals. Microsoft ranked No. 2 in the 2022 Fortune 500 rankings of the largest United States corporations by total revenue and it was the world’s largest software maker by revenue. The subsidiaries include Skype Technologies, GitHub, and LinkedIn.
Samsung is a South Korean technology giant famous for its electronics, including laptops, was founded in 1938 by Lee Byung-chul. The company's quarterly revenue for Q2 2024 is KRW 74.07 trillion, and its headquarters are in Suwon, South Korea. Sleek design, AMOLED displays, and long battery life make Samsung laptops stand out. Especially those who love aesthetics with performance have chosen the Galaxy Book series.
Samsung keeps on evolving even in the face of competition, although some users have noticed that its prices may be higher than those of its rivals. Their Galaxy Ecosystem connectivity allows seamless integration with other Samsung devices, enabling a smooth transition between tasks and increasing productivity. Samsung comprises numerous affiliated businesses and has the eighth-largest brand value in the world as of 2020.
HCL brand is focused on technology and IT services, even laptops and was Established in 1976 by Shiv Nadar. The company’s headquarters are located in Noida, India, and has a revenue valued at ₹111,408 as of 2024. With a production of laptops for educational and business purposes, HCL is well known for its motto “affordable and functional design”. The company has offices in 60 countries. Even though it may not be as well-known as other brands around the world, HCL is a good choice for people who are looking for affordable and reliable products.
Whereas HCL laptops fail to boast high-tech features, they still serve well for the needs of less demanding applications, such as small enterprises and educational institutions needing economical solutions. In 2024, HCLTech decided to acquire select assets of the communications technology group, a business division of Hewlett Packard Enterprise HPE, for $225 million.
LG Corporation is a South Korean multinational company established in 1947 by Koo In-hwoi and is famous for its innovation and quality in a wide range of electronic products, including laptops. It has a revenue of KRW 83.5 trillion as of 2023 and its headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea.
The LG Gram is in the lead when it comes to portability and high performance thus it catches the attention of both professionals and travelers. LG's laptop range has been as extensive as the others, it would have been less popular. However, their design and functionality are the main reasons why they are more appealing to those who prefer mobility and durability.
At Indian Retailer, we see how rapidly the tech industry is changing day by day, and how the market giants are trying to adopt these changes to stay No. 1 in the market. Their unmatched performance and advanced technology make them highly sought-after choices for both professionals and tech enthusiasts. So we make a list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which is driving the market crazy. These brands are often preferred by industry leaders and trendsetters, setting benchmarks in the tech world and embodying the essence of modern efficiency and style.
1. Which brand is best for laptops?
Some of the best laptop brands in India include Dell, HP, Lenovo, Asus, and Apple. These brands are known for their excellent performance, build quality and customer support.
2. Which generation of laptop is best?
You can opt for 12th-generation and 13th-generation laptops. Anything older is also fine, but you may be giving up on newer features and performance figures that may make your new laptop more future-proof in the long run.
3. Which laptop size is best?
15-16 inches is a comfortable sweet spot. Even though I review laptops for a living, I still see them as a secondary option (or necessary evil) when I'm not able to work on a desktop.
4. Which is better, Lenovo or Dell?
Lenovo offers a more balanced approach, utilizing both Intel and AMD processors depending on the model and target audience. Both brands offer a variety of pre-configured options, but Dell allows for more customization on high-end laptops, particularly in the XPS series.
5. Who is the biggest laptop manufacturer?
Lenovo is the largest personal computer manufacturer globally. Lenovo is an iconic Chinese technology company manufacturing computers since 1984. The market data shows that Lenovo has solidified its position as the largest PC manufacturer globally.
India is at the forefront of a global cross-border shopping revolution, propelled by increasing consumer demand for superior quality and unique products from around the world. The trend towards international purchases is rapidly gaining momentum, showcasing a significant shift in consumer behavior and preferences in the Indian market. This burgeoning interest is driven by several factors, including the allure of better quality goods, competitive pricing, and access to products not readily available in the local market. Despite some challenges, such as unexpected customs duties and marketing hurdles, the potential for growth in this sector remains substantial.
According to Avalara's "Cross-Border Commerce and Compliance Survey," over 67 percent of Indian consumers have made purchases from international businesses, marking a substantial shift towards global consumerism within the country. This figure stands in stark contrast to the US, where only 37 percent of consumers have engaged in international shopping in the past year.
The report reveals that 76 percent of Indian consumers perceive the quality of items from international sellers as superior, significantly more than their counterparts in the UK (27 percent) and the USA (35 percent). The availability of unique products not found in India, better quality, and competitive pricing are cited as key reasons for this preference.
Established e-commerce platforms such as Amazon, eBay, and Etsy are the preferred choice for over 61 percent of Indian consumers for their overseas shopping needs, with a strong demand for international fashion and technology products. Despite the potential for direct cross-border purchases via social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram, only 4.8 percent of Indian consumers choose this route.
However, India's enthusiastic embrace of cross-border shopping comes with challenges. Indian consumers reported the highest incidence of customs duties coming as a surprise, with 45 percent describing them as "shocking." This contrasts with Australian consumers, where 57 percent reported being well-informed about customs fees, thus avoiding unpleasant surprises.
Dulles Krishnan, VP of Go To Market at Avalara, commented on the insights, stating, "As global cross-border commerce continues to expand, we conducted this survey to help businesses understand cross-border buying habits of consumers, identify factors impacting cart abandonment, as well as assess the role compliance plays in cross-border commerce."
In addition to Avalara's findings, a report from Payoneer sheds light on the progress and challenges faced by Indian cross-border sellers. The Indian eCommerce market has grown significantly, surpassing the government-set $400 billion target of trade within a single year. This growth has been partly driven by the 'Make in India' program and shifting customer demands globally.
Indian sellers have made substantial progress in the post-pandemic world, with 91 percent planning to expand their cross-border business. An impressive 94 percent believe that 'Make in India' products are globally competitive, and 70 percent attribute their success in the international arena to the quality of Indian-made products.
Despite these positive trends, there are challenges to address. Almost half of the respondents identified marketing as the biggest weakness in Indian cross-border trade. One in three sellers believe that improvements are needed in promoting the 'Make in India' program globally. To succeed in competitive markets like the US, Indian sellers will need to enhance their marketing strategies and raise their game.
By focusing on transparent cost structures, competitive pricing, and effective marketing strategies, businesses can better capture the growing segment of Indian consumers eager for quality international products.
India is leading the global cross-border shopping boom, driven by a strong consumer preference for quality and unique products. While challenges such as unexpected customs duties and marketing weaknesses remain, the opportunities for growth and expansion in this market are significant. By addressing these challenges and leveraging the strengths of Indian-made products, businesses can thrive in the competitive landscape of global commerce.
Hydration fans, brace yourselves; Laneige, the iconic Korean skincare brand that’s taken the world by storm, has landed at Sephora India. The brand has been available at different ecommerce websites until now. This move reflects the brand’s strategic expansion efforts within the Indian market, offering beauty enthusiasts an opportunity to experience Laneige’s innovative skincare solutions both online and offline. The recent launch event at Sephora’s Saket store in Delhi was not just a celebration of this collaboration but a testament to the brand's commitment to making high-quality Korean skincare accessible to a wider audience in India.
Laneige, known for its hydration-packed skincare wonders, made its grand debut at Sephora India, both online and in-store. Paul Lee, Country Head, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t hide his excitement: “The event at the Sephora store in Saket was an invigorating experience! Laneige has launched its products in Sephora's physical and online stores for the first time as part of its omnichannel expansion strategy. We aim to complement our strong online presence and provide customers with multiple touchpoints to experience the essence of the brand.”
For those who live and breathe beauty, Sephora is a sacred space. So, it only makes sense that the Korean beauty brand, with its cult-favorite Water Sleeping Mask and Lip Sleeping Mask, would find its way into this beauty mecca. Mini Sood Banerjee, Assistant Director and Head of Marketing, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t have said it better: “We are thrilled with the debut of Laneige Skin Superheroes at Sephora. The global beauty giant is one of the favorite shopping spots for the beauty enthusiast, and our presence here will allow us to engage with customers in new and innovative ways, and we can’t wait to see the impact. We’re committed to continuing this momentum, and making Laneige the leader in the industry.”
Laneige isn’t just another skincare brand — it’s a hydration powerhouse! Specializing in moisture research, the brand has perfected the art of keeping your skin plump, dewy, and glowing. Think of their products as a tall glass of water for your skin, quenching its thirst and giving you that lit-from-within glow.
Sally Lee, Brand General Manager, Laneige India, shared the brand’s vision: “It’s exciting to see the response we have received for the brand in the last 5 years. The brand offers unique products for Indian consumers to experience, and we aim to connect with a broader audience interested in exploring these skincare offerings.”
It's skincare lineup is like a superhero squad for the face — each product bringing something unique to the table. From their iconic Water Sleeping Mask that works magic while sleeping, to the Lip Sleeping Mask that’s become a bedside staple, the products are designed to hydrate, repair, and protect the skin.
Mini explains the brand’s appeal: “Korean brands like Laneige are catching on fast in India because they bring something fresh and effective to the table. Our products, especially the sleeping masks, are a hit because they deliver visible results — hydration, glow, and all the things that make you look like you’ve just walked out of a K-drama!”
With Laneige now in the Sephora fold, the brand is set to conquer the Indian skincare market like never before. Already present in eight Sephora stores across the country, the brand is on a mission to expand its reach even further. Mini gives us the inside scoop: “Our expansion plans include further collaborations with multi-branded stores like Nykaa, Tira, and of course, Sephora.” But what about the idea of standalone brand stores in India? Not so fast. Banerjee explains, “We are still trying to figure out the Indian market. Though customers love us, we need some more time for that matter.”
Laneige’s appeal in India isn’t just a flash in the pan. It’s no surprise that cities like Delhi and Mumbai are leading the charge, but the love for the brand is spreading fast to Tier I and Tier II cities too. What’s driving this trend? The answer is simple: K-beauty is the new cool, and Laneige is at the heart of it.
Paul Lee shares his thoughts on the brand’s traction in India: “Metros, of course, Delhi, Mumbai, Northeast, and even the Tier I and Tier II cities are showing a very fast-paced uptake. K-beauty is trending all over the world, and especially in India. We recently collaborated with Sara Tendulkar as our brand ambassador, and she’s working very well for us. Her dewy and glowing skin is a perfect match for the brand's brand ethos.”
And let’s not forget the Northeast — a region that’s becoming a hotbed for K-beauty lovers. Laneige’s popularity here is partly due to the region’s deep connection with Korean culture, from K-pop to K-dramas, making it the perfect playground for the brand's skincare innovations.
Paul Lee is optimistic about Laneige’s future: “Globally, Laneige’s partnership with Sephora has been very strong and extensive. With Sephora India, we have just started, but I strongly believe that we have a lot of success stories globally. I believe we will also soon be able to become the number one skincare brand in Sephora India as well.”
Coming from a business family involved in small enterprises in Nagra, Ishendra Agarwal pursued his bachelor's and master's degrees at IIT Kanpur. Afterward, he joined BCG as a management consultant. During his time in the corporate world, particularly within the jewelry segment , he observed that India, being the world's second-largest consumer of jewelry, had a significant market gap. Most jewelry brands in India, including Tanishq, Kalyan, Malabar, CaratLane, and BlueStone, focus on fine jewelry priced above Rs 30,000. This high price point makes it challenging for women to purchase and wear such jewelry regularly, whether for office wear or small gatherings.
In contrast, international brands like Pandora and Mejuri offer fine jewelry at more accessible price ranges, with average order values between Rs 12,000 - 15,000. This observation highlighted a need for a fine jewelry brand in India that provides quality pieces at a more affordable price point, allowing women to purchase jewelry frequently without worrying about significant expenses.
Inspired by this insight, he founded GIVA to fill this gap in the market. “Our goal is to create a brand where women can effortlessly buy beautiful, fine jewelry without having to consider substantial savings or budget constraints. Whether through a quick visit to a store or a few clicks online, we aim to make fine jewelry accessible and enjoyable for everyday wear,” he said.
Currently, the brand has approximately 130 stores operating across India, with about 50 percent of them located in Bengaluru and Delhi – Bengaluru has 32 stores, and Delhi has 34 stores. The remaining stores are spread across other Tier I cities like Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata, and Hyderabad, as well as Tier II cities such as Dehradun, Indore, Lucknow, and Kanpur.
“Our expansion strategy focuses on increasing our offline presence significantly. We aim to establish at least 50 to 60 stores in Bengaluru and Delhi alone. Simultaneously, we plan to deepen our reach in other metro and Tier I cities while expanding our footprint in Tier II cities. Our goal for the next two years is to be present in about 60 cities across India, with a total store count of approximately 300,” stated Agarwal.
GIVA’s approach to online channels leverages widespread access to mobile phones and the internet, aiming to create brand awareness primarily through digital platforms. This remains its primary focus. Conversions, however, can occur both online—through its mobile application and website—and offline. This is the essence of its customer acquisition strategy in the D2C funnel.
Additionally, the brand is present on various marketplace channels, including Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa, Nykaa Fashion, and Tata CLiQ, which contribute significantly to its sales.
“Currently, online channels and these marketplaces account for 60 percent of our sales, while offline sales, which we began two years ago, contribute 40 percent of our revenue. We anticipate this to shift to a 40-60 split in the next two years, favoring offline sales,” he asserted.
GIVA also utilizes its mobile application to provide various services to its customers. For instance, if a woman purchases jewelry and wants lifetime replating, she can easily arrange it via the app. The app also offers access to digital warranty and authenticity certificates, and it serves as a convenient platform for its loyalty program. This is how the brand integrates its mobile application and website into its overall strategy.
GIVA has recently ventured into Quick Commerce, launching about a month ago on platforms like Blinkit and Swiggy Instamart . This initiative has been performing exceptionally well, particularly during special events like Akshay Tritiya, Mother's Day, and Father's Day. On these occasions, there is a noticeable spike in demand as customers seek fine jewelry for same-day gifting.
“We have become a popular choice for last-minute gifts, as many people don't plan their gifts days in advance and often make the decision on the same day. Quick Commerce provides a convenient solution for these spontaneous purchases, making it easy for customers to select and receive a fine jewelry product swiftly,” explained Agarwal.
Currently, GIVA is focusing on silver as a primary metal and has expanded into lab-grown diamonds set in 14-carat and 18-carat gold. It launched its lab-grown diamond collection six months ago, and it is now available in 60 of its stores. In silver collection, the brand offers a wide range of earrings, pendants, rings, and bracelets.
“We are also expanding into categories like toe rings, anklets, and nose pins. Additionally, we are focusing on kids' and men's jewelry, recognizing that fine jewelry makes an excellent gift for children.” He noted.
Moreover, it is working on launching GIVA signature perfumes, featuring five to six floral notes, designed to provide a unique and memorable GIVA experience. This new product line is currently being developed.
The brand uses social commerce primarily to create awareness rather than drive transactions. Its strategy involves collaborating with numerous influencers and micro-celebrities to generate content and build brand visibility. Each month, over 2,000 influencers post about GIVA on platforms like YouTube and Instagram.
“Our social commerce efforts focus on several key areas. We create awareness about specific categories, highlight the presence of our stores in various regions, and promote new collections, especially around significant events. For instance, we recently launched a silver Rakhi line for Raksha Bandhan, featuring both standard silver Rakhis and personalized options where you can have your brother's or sister's name engraved on the Rakhi. This multifaceted approach helps us reach a wider audience and keep them informed about our latest offerings,” highlighted Agarwal.
To improve the consumer experience, the brand utilizes several technological advancements. First, its virtual try-on feature available on its app allows customers to see how certain products will look on them, enhancing their shopping experience. Second, it integrates online and offline channels to provide a personalized shopping experience.
Additionally, the company is incorporating technology into its customer support to offer faster responses. Automated systems can handle common queries efficiently, reducing the need for human intervention and speeding up response times.
GIVA actively collaborates with multiple designers to keep its designs fresh and fashionable. About six months ago, the brand partnered with European designer Lea Schroeder to launch the "Love in Paris" collection. Following that, it collaborated with Bhumi Pednekar five months ago, who worked with its design team to create a new collection. More recently, GIVA teamed up with a Turkish designer to introduce the "Wings of Wonder" collection.
“These collaborations are central to our strategy, as our goal is to set fashion trends in India or bring the latest international trends to India as quickly as possible. We are committed to staying at the forefront of fashion through these dynamic partnerships,” explained Agarwal.
GIVA has been experiencing impressive growth, with a year-on-year increase of 90 to 100 percent. Last year, the brand achieved approximately Rs 250 crore in revenue, and this year, it is closing at around Rs 450 crore.
The brand has also recently ventured into franchising, which has been highly successful. “Our franchising model involves franchisees investing in the store while we handle operations. Franchisees manage employees and sales, adhering to our established protocols, while our team oversees store operations to ensure consistency and quality,” he stated.
“Our long-term target is to reach Rs 1000 - 1500 crore in revenue within the next four to five years,” he added.
READ MORE: India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28
GIVA currently has a store in Sri Lanka that is performing well, and it plans to continue its presence there, albeit at a measured pace.
“In the next one to two years, we aim to expand into Sri Lanka further, as well as explore opportunities in Singapore, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East. These regions will be our focus for international expansion,” he concluded.
The rum has been a favorite drink for Indians for decades. Have you ever wondered where these best rum brands originate? What are the top 10 rum brands in India? Which country is the largest producer of rum?
Starting with the first answer, the exotic nation of the Philippines is the largest rum producer. Keep reading as we answer all the pertinent questions regarding the top partner of cola drinks - the rum.
Here are the best rum brands in India. Fetch details on the top rum brands in the market starting with Old Monk, Bacardi, and Santa Teresa.
Old Monk is one of the top 10 rum brands in India. This alcoholic beverage brand was introduced in 1855. It is manufactured by Mohan Meakin Ltd. Produced in Ghaziabad and Uttar Pradesh and has its headquarters in Solan, Himachal Pradesh. The leading rum brand is made in India and has been blended for 7 years. It launched in the Indian market in 1935. The rum is made with four key ingredients: caramel, chocolate, ripe peach, and vanilla. It contained 42.8 percent of ABV.
Old Monk Rum Varieties:
Bacardi is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand started in 1862 in Santiago de Cuba. The headquarters lies in Hamilton, Bermuda. Bacardi was founded by Facundo Bacardi Masso. He wanted to create a balance between two separate spirits. The first one is called ‘aguardiente’ and the second spirit is known as ‘redestilado’. It is a private limited company that has had ownership for seven generations, selling in more than 170 countries. In the 1930s Bacardi expanded its presence in Mexico and Puerto Rico, making the largest rum production facility of Bacardi. Mexico became the first international expansion for Bacardi. Today the rum brand operates in the US, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Spain and the Bahamas. The Bacardi rum has an ABV of 40 percent in the US and 37.5 percent in the UK and continental Europe.
Bacardi Rum Varieties:
Read More: Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained
Santa Teresa , the best rum brand in India was founded in 1796. The brand is based out of Venezuela. The journey of Santa Teresa started when a German merchant named Gustav Julius Vollmer got married to Panchita Rivas. The Vollmer family continues the ownership of Santa Teresa. Present day president of this rum brand is Alberto C Vollmer. It has its headquarters in Santa Teresa Estate, Costa Rica. Santa Teresa is made with the solera technique to produce a perfectly crafted rum with a fruity aroma and wood notes. A bottle of Santa Teresa rum holds an ABV of 40 percent.
Santa Teresa Rum Varieties:
Earlier In News: Indri Single Malt Whisky Emerges as World's Fastest Growing Brand
Amrut 2 Indies , is a leading rum brand in India. The company was founded by JN Radhakrishna Rao Jagdale. It set foot in the distilled beverage industry in 1947 by establishing Amrut Distilleries in Bangalore. The very name of the brand Amrut is defined as ‘nectar of the gods’ in Sanskrit. The Amrut Distilleries Ltd. is a subsidiary of the N.R. Jagdale Group. As the name suggests, the rum has its special essence due to a perfect balance of two indies distilled together. One from the West Indies (Barbados, Guyana & Jamaica) and second from the East Indies (India), made out of Indian jaggery. The rum is one of its kind, the only variety in the market.
Read More: Top Vodka Brands in India: A Guide to the Best Picks
Rock Paper is a new-age rum brand in India. Good Barrel Distilleries Private Limited is the parent company of Rock Paper. The rum brand was founded in 2021, serving more than 1000 restaurants, and bars in Mumbai and Pune. The rum brand first entered the market with a flagship product “Indian Spice Rum”. Lalit Kalani is the third-generation founder of Rock Paper who is keen to place Indian rum on the top shelf. Rock Paper was featured in Shark Tank Indian as well in Season 3.
Rock Paper Rum Varieties:
Camikara is one of the best rum brands in India. It was first distilled in 2009 and Piccadilly Distillery is the parent company of Camikara. ‘Camikara’ holds a meaning in Sanskrit - ‘ liquid gold’. The brand stands outside the crowd as it does not use molasses in crafting. It originates from Haryana, India where the particular sugar mill is situated for the distillery. The rum brand holds an ABV of 50 and 42.8 percent in its varieties of rum. It is produced with pure sugar cane juice.
Camikara Rum Varieties:
Pitbull is considered to be the best rum brand in India. Produced in Aurangabad, Maharashtra from 2021, Kalpesh Parekh and Karishma Chandy are the founders and the brains behind Pitbull. It has an ABV of 42.8 percent. It is made with 100 percent sugarcane molasses, blended with barrel-aged spirits and rice Caribbean flavors, with no added sugar. The brand serves ‘PUREBRED INDIAN DARK RUM’ in the Indian market, filled with essence of cinnamon, vanilla and anise.
Bermuda is a leading rum brand in India by Gosling Brothers Ltd. Founded by James Gosling, a navigator in 1806, he was the man behind the Bermuda Rum. The rum contains 75.5 percent of ABV in its black rum collection. The key ingredients in Bermuda rum are - Gosling’s Gold Seal rum, pineapple juice and grenadine.
Bermuda Rum Varieties
Contessa XXX is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand was founded by Radico Khaitan Ltd. In 1943, Rampur, Uttar Pradesh was the distillery plant for the Contessa XXX rum. Now it is also processed in Radico NV Distillery Maharashtra Ltd. The rum contains Caribbean sugarcane as its key ingredient and is aged in oak barrels. The rum has an ABV of 42.8 percent. The brand has one rum named Contessa XXX.
Five Rivers is a leading rum brand in India. The brand was founded in Punjab. Sangera Rum Company is the parent company of Five Rivers. Taj Sanghera is the fifth-generation founder of the rum brand. The brand name is a translation of the state - Punjab, which means Panj- five and Ab - water. The main ingredients of the rum are ginger, clove and coriander seeds. The brand has just one white rum which can be served in various combinations of drinks.
In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these top 10 best rum brands are worth knowing about. Understand what are the key ingredients in these rum brands. History plays an important role in the success of these rum brands in India. Know how and when the best rum brands gained recognition. Some serve one iconic rum while other brands have a range of rums with different essences. Here is all about rum brands in India!
What are the top 3 rum brands in India?
Old Monk followed by Bacardi and Santa Teresa are the top three rum brands in India.
In what ways can someone consume rum?
Neat, on the rocks, mixed with soft drinks or juices are the typical way of consuming rum.
How to store rum properly?
Keep the rum in cool surroundings and away from direct sun. Ensure the bottles are sealed and not stored for a long time.
India is known for its diverse tastes in style and fashion. And people don’t buy luxury only for comfort but to show their value in society, likewise, all luxury products including handbags are just a way of showing their richness and standards. India, with its growing affluent class, is embracing these high-end accessories more than ever. But what is it about a luxury handbag that captures the heart of so many fashion enthusiasts? As we explore the top 10 luxury handbag brands in India for 2024, we Indian Retailer will uncover the unique elements that set each coveted brand apart, making them the giants in the luxury segment.
Kiara Advani is the New Face of Caprese Handbags
Sanktum Redefines Luxury Fashion with Innovative Handbag Subscription Service
How Caprese is Innovating the Handbag Industry with AI
There are various types and styles of bags in the market to give a different look on every occasion. Here I’ll mention some of the most used handbags among women which are famous for their unique features.
Trapeze | Top handbags with triangular sides that give a trapezoidal effect |
Minaudiere | Small, metal, bejeweled evening bags that may have chains for carrying |
Tote | Medium to large open-top double-handled bags with open main compartments are very famous for their everyday look |
Cross Body | Hands across the body with a long chain or straps are very vintage style for both genders |
Duffle | Substantial bags with double handles or a long strap are very popular styles for short trips |
Messenger | Large compartment bags with flap closures are often worn over the shoulder or across the front of the body |
Clutch | Small bags that are usually held in the hand are very famous for party looks |
Bucket | Shoulder or cross-body bag with round or oval bottom and drawstring closure |
Saddle | A bag that used to be carried behind a horse or bike, or motorcycle with u shaped flap |
Wristlet | Small bag or wallet with a strap to be worn on the wrist. |
Envelop | Clutch or chain strap bag with rectangular shape with pointed fold over flap |
Satchel | Small bag worn over the shoulder that closes with a flap and often buckles |
Frame | A bag with a strong triangular structure sometimes has a metal frame |
Bowler | Rounded design inspired by bags used to carry bowling balls |
Hobo | Crescent-shaped bags with top zip closure that’s slouch and worn over the shoulder. |
Doctor | Rectangular stiff bag with flat bottom and central closure |
Backpack | Sack that is typically worn on the back and secured over the shoulder with 2 straps |
Shopper | Rectangular ingle-handled shoulder bag perfect for shopping |
These are some top styles of bags that are commonly used in every luxury fashion house now let’s discover the brands that are making this style a trend in the market.
Here are the top 10 luxury handbag options which have driven the Indian audience crazy with their innovation.
Hermès International S.A . is a French luxury fashion house which was founded in 1837 by Thierry Hermès, based in Paris. It specialises in leather goods, lifestyle accessories, home furnishings, perfumery, jewelry, watches and ready-to-wear. Since the 1950s, its logo has depicted a ducal horse-drawn carriage. The company has grown to become a world leader in the fashion industry and is known for its luxurious and high-quality goods. Hermès sells about 30% leather goods, 15% clothes, 12% scarves, and 43% other wares. Hermès holds diligently on to a market share with a total asset of €210.97 billion and thus is one of the top manufacturers of luxury fashion articles.
The works of Hermès are often recognized for their stunning designs like the Herbag and Steeple bags. Another famous handbag, the Birkin bag, was named after the British actress Jane Birkin. The latter are commended for their exquisite workmanship and everlasting charm. The likes of Victoria Beckham, Kim Kardashian, and Kate Moss have often been seen with Hermès handbags, which, by the way, have contributed to the brand's covetable status. Hermès remains the most luxurious and well-constructed product.
Gucci is an Italian luxury brand known for its Italian art style in their products, founded by the businessman Guccio Gucci in 1921, in Florence, Italy. The company is headquartered in Florence, Italy and operates in 528 locations under its parent company Kering. Gucci is known worldwide for being a trendsetter with its innovative, daring designs in fashion. The brand indeed has a dozen of luxury products and it is firmly established in the luxury market with an astonishing revenue of €9.9 billion in 2023.
Gucci's bags are known all over the world and to stress the fact often include the GG logo and monograms reflecting the brand's unique style. The print Flora of course represents Gucci's long history as well as the brand's creative capability. All the high-profile endorsements by Gucci feature celebrities like Harry Styles, Blake Lively, and Beyoncé who are always on the go with Gucci's opulent pieces. Whether it's a statement about luxury, fashion, or a combination of both, Gucci stands as the perfect example of a brand that had a staggering value in the luxury handbags sector. Gucci is a forerunner in fashion, creating not only bags that are accessories but also ones that show boldness and individuality.
Louis Vuitton is a French luxury fashion company for fashion lifestyle and accessories, founded by Louis Vuitton in 1854. The brand is headquartered in Paris and is known as a company that gives out its best in luxury, and innovativeness, as well as style that is superior to others. The company is one of the top players in the luxury handbag market, accounting for a significant chunk of its market share with a brand valuation of €14 billion. It is fully owned by the LVMH conglomerate and operates in 50 countries with more than 460 stores worldwide.
All products display the legacy of perfect examples of aesthetics and art. The signature handbags like the Speedy and Neverfull which are loved by many and have one of the brand’s distinguishing features, the monogram canvas made of 90% ultra-resistant nylon. Louis Vuitton diplomas made from handbags are worn by international celebrities Angelina Jolie, Michelle Williams, and Emma Stone, whose participation in the luxury brand nature makes it more interesting and valuable.
Dior is a multinational luxury fashion hub, founded by the visionary Christian Dior in Paris, France in 1946. Headquartered in Paris, Dior has long been synonymous with opulence and sophistication. This is the classic fashion house that changed the world with its stunningly feminine "New Look" in post-war Europe. Dior did not take long to become a desired label among the rich and elite. They are ageless pieces demanded by wearers from all over the globe. Dior is one of the biggest names in the world with a revenue of €79.18 billion as of 2022, operating under the LVMH group.
Dior is present in 210 locations worldwide with every piece being a mark of French elegance. The "Lady Dior" bag with its iconic quilting and delicate D.I.O.R. charms shows the brand's commitment to quality craftsmanship. Dior's handbags are star-studded pieces worn by the likes of Jennifer Lawrence, Charlize Theron, and Rihanna, thus, it strengthens the image of the brand as a celebrity favorite. Dior's total assets are worth €131.9 billion, which is evidence of its power in the luxury goods sector. The subsidiary is Christian Dior Couture. Dior's distinct melange of classic grace and innovative design makes it a sought-after brand for those who admire high fashion and artistic design.
Chanel is a luxury fragrance & beauty boutique established by Coco Chanel in 1910 in Paris. The brand is privately owned by the Wertheimer family and has been headquartered in London since 2018. The company has made a considerable space in the luxury handbag market with 500+ stores worldwide, capturing about $15.6 billion in 2021. Chanel handbags are famous for their classic quilted leather designs and chain-link straps, one of the most famous being the iconic Chanel 2.55 bag.
These add-ons of design have been the reason for the latest to be Chanel's perennial favourite among fashion connoisseurs. Celebrities such as Kristen Stewart, Margot Robbie, and Keira Knightley have worn Chanel's chic handbags, boosting the brand's image as a luxury mainstay. Chanel makes fragrances that further cement the luxury brand's place as a timeless symbol of status. Chanel’s steadfast adherence to luxury and superior technique guarantees that its handbags are the most prized possessions, still the sought-after items for those who prefer the classic style.
Celine is a big player in the luxury handbags segment, which was established in 1945 and headquartered in Paris, by the hands of its founder Céline Vipiana. Celine stands out as a key player in the luxury market and LVMH is Celine's parent company which owns a significant part of the luxury industry. Celine's clean lines, premium materials, and understated sophistication are known throughout the world The Celine Nino, Celine Louise Bag, and Celine Classique Triomphe Bag are the iconic bags of the company, renowned for their simple design and usability.
The likes of Angelina Jolie and Dakota Johnson, who are huge fans of Celine, often wear the brand, thus making Celine a must-have for Hollywood movie stars. Celine continues to be the center of attention for luxury lovers with its unique blend of neoteric and classic charm operating with 178 boutiques worldwide.
Miu Miu has been a part of luxury fashion since 1993 when Miuccia Prada created a playful and imaginative collection in Milan. Miu Miu is no slacker in the handbags department, being recognized for its designer's colourful visions and high-octane designs to attract young people. It is a fully owned subsidiary of the brand Prada, accessible to a higher and simpler audience than most brands, Well-liked goods are the Miu Miu Aventure Nappa leather bag and Miu Miu Leather Beau Bag.
Milan, as the headquarters of Miu Miu, is the ideal city to be where Italian art and creativity are making today's fashion. A-list Superstars such as Elle Fanning and Lupita Nyong'o have developed a close relationship with Miu Miu, and as a result, people are starting to associate its name with creative concepts. Miu Miu, with its revenue of €166 million, still has a key position in contemporary luxury, releasing items that are hard to find for the crowd.
Prada, a well-known name in the luxury handbags market, was established by Mario Prada the luxury fashion house Prada in 1913 in Milan, Italy, to form a fashion brand that is the embodiment of fine elegance and contemporary style. Prada is one of the prime players headquartered in Milan with a revenue of €4.72 billion as of 2023. The Milan office is the creative centre of the innovative designs which are made by Prada. The Galleria and Cahier bags are iconic for their unique materials, stylish design, and classic charm, and are exemplified by the brand's characteristic minimalism.
Galleria and Cahier bags are so popular and highly regarded for their sophisticated style and timeless elegance that celebrities such as Sarah Paulson, Olivia Wilde, and Bella Hadid have often been spotted with them, thus, boosting the brand's status even further. Miu Miu, Church’s, Fondazione Prada and Luna Rossa are subsidiaries of Prada. Prada's quality and innovation strength still have a pull on the fashion world, and that is why their bags have become everlasting icons among customers who love luxury with a modern touch.
Yves Saint Laurent is a trendy name in the luxury segment, started in 1961 in Paris by Yves Saint Laurent and Pierre Bergé, Saint Laurent has become a brand known for its elegance and audacity in fashion. Part of the Kering Group, the brand's headquarters are in Paris, where it continues to lead with innovative designs. Saint Laurent bags including the Envelope, LouLou Bag, and Kate Bag hit the spot with both traditional class and eye-catching modernity.
Stars like Zoë Kravitz and Miley Cyrus have been spotted with these signature items, implying the label's status. Its cosmetics line, YSL Beauty, is owned by L’Oréal. With revenue of €3.2 billion in value by 2023, Saint Laurent is still seen as a Parisian fashion icon, offering handbags that are just as stylishly daring as they are of timeless elegance.
Givenchy became a giant in the luxury handbag segment by bringing french aesthetics into their product segment which was founded by Hubert de Givenchy in 1952. Givenchy is a well-known brand name that is part of the LVMH Group that is headquartered in Paris, France. The company is famous for its various handbag products such as the Nano Voyou, and Voyou basket Bag, among others.
With a focus on tradition and modern-day aesthetics, Givenchy's designs, which are mainly worn by celebrities such as Cate Blanchett and Meghan Markle, can be described as sophisticated. Givenchy stands out among competitors in the luxury market with its timeless designs that are fusions of classic and contemporary styles, making its handbags the must-have accessory for fashionistas around the globe.
At Indian Retailer, we closely see all the top luxury brands craze in the Indian market and the reason is their timeless innovation and creativity which make them the top choice in the global and Indian market as well. Their iconic style is favored by celebrities and fashion-forward people to set the standard in the luxury market, making them coveted symbols of status and style.
1. Which luxury bags are worth buying?
Hermès, Chanel, and Louis Vuitton are top-performing brands.
2. What luxury brand has the highest quality?
Louis Vuitton is not only the world's most valuable luxury brand but also one of the most recognizable and influential fashion houses ever.
3. What is the best way to store expensive handbags?
It should be out of direct sunlight, in the dark and away from heat sources such as radiators and hair dryers. In a climate-controlled room with a stable relative humidity (RH) between 45-55%.You can also store the bag inside a dust bag, upright on an open shelf.
4. Which is the most luxurious bag?
The Guinness World Record for the most expensive bag offered to the public is the Mouawad “1001 Nights” diamond purse.
5. Why do purses have peels?
If the handbag is exposed to water or other liquids, the leather can become weakened and start to peel. Leather can dry out and become brittle over time, especially if it is not cared for properly.
India's Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) sector has demonstrated remarkable growth, driven by consumer demand and increasing product prices, especially for essential goods. This sector not only contributes significantly to the country's economy but also provides employment to around 3 million people , accounting for approximately 5 percent of total factory employment in India.
In the fiscal year 2022-23, FMCG sales in India grew by 7-9 percent in revenues. Key drivers of this growth include favorable government initiatives and policies, a burgeoning rural market and youth population, the introduction of new branded products, and the expansion of e-commerce platforms. The sector saw a 7.5 percent volume growth in the April-June 2023 quarter, marking the highest growth in the last eight quarters, largely due to a revival in rural demand and higher growth in modern trade.
As the fourth-largest sector in India, FMCG has been expanding steadily due to rising disposable incomes, a growing youth population, and increasing brand awareness among consumers. Household and personal care products account for 50 percent of FMCG sales in India, making the industry a crucial contributor to the GDP. India's middle-class population, larger than the total population of the USA, makes it a market no FMCG player can afford to ignore.
The urban segment remains the largest contributor, accounting for around 65 percent of the revenue generated by the FMCG sector. However, the rural market has been growing at a faster pace in recent years. Semi-urban and rural segments are expanding rapidly, with FMCG products accounting for 50 percent of total rural spending.
The FMCG market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 27.9 percent from 2021 to 2027, reaching nearly $615.87 billion. In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent of annual FMCG sales. A good harvest and government spending are expected to aid rural demand recovery in FY24. The sector experienced an 8.5 percent revenue growth and a 2.5 percent volume growth last fiscal year. The January-June 2022 period saw value growth of about 8.4 percent due to inflationary price hikes, with the third quarter of FY23 clocking a 9.0 percent YoY value growth.
The Indian government has launched several initiatives to support the FMCG sector:
The FMCG sector's growth is also fueled by the rise of digital advertising, which reached $9.92 billion by 2023, with the FMCG industry contributing 42 percent of the total digital spend. India, with 780 million internet users , sees an average individual spending 7.3 hours daily on smartphones. This number is expected to increase to 900 million by 2025. E-commerce now accounts for 17 percent of overall FMCG consumption, driven by affluent consumers with average spending of about Rs 5,620 ($677.11 million).
The Indian e-commerce market is projected to grow from $83 billion in 2022 to $185 billion by 2026 , and it is expected to reach an annual gross merchandise value of $350 billion by 2030 . The market's exponential growth over the past five years is attributed to increased internet and smartphone users, improved policy reforms, and higher disposable incomes. Digital transactions, valued at $300 billion in 202 1, are projected to reach $1 trillion by 2026 .
Traditional FMCG giants such as Johnson & Johnson, Himalaya, Hindustan Unilever, and ITC are now competing with D2C-focused startups like Mamaearth, The Moms Co., and Azah. Market giants like Revlon and Lotus took around 20 years to reach the Rs 100 crore ($ 13.4 million) revenue mark, while new-age D2C brands such as Mamaearth and Sugar achieved this milestone in just four and eight years, respectively.
Rural consumption is on the rise, driven by increasing incomes and higher aspiration levels, with branded products seeing higher demand in rural India. The organized sector is expected to grow as the share of the unorganized market decreases, driven by rising brand consciousness and modern retail growth. The growing youth population in urban areas is also propelling the demand for food services.
Online portals are expected to play a key role in penetrating hinterlands, with the internet providing a cost-effective and convenient way to increase reach. By 2025, India is expected to have 1 billion internet users, with 40 percent of all FMCG consumption projected to be online by 2030. The implementation of GST and demonetization is expected to drive structured economic growth, benefiting both rural and urban areas.
India's FMCG sector is poised for continued robust growth, supported by favorable government policies, increasing digital penetration, and evolving consumer preferences. As the sector adapts to new market dynamics and leverages digital advancements, it will continue to be a vital contributor to India's economic development.
The life of a product from manufacturing to the shelf of a customer, is most important for a business for it to grow and flourish in the respective market. Know all about a product's life cycle, its importance and its main stages. Every product, whether cosmetics, clothing, furniture or electronics, has different life spans. This article delves into how the product life cycle works.
The process of a product passing through development to its expiry is defined as the product life cycle. Marketing and business management use this concept to make the market aware of the product. The product life cycle is a key feature of an item, explaining everything from initial creation to its decline. The time when a product enters the market to its removal from a shelf is a concept that determines how long it will work and stay in the market.
For instance, the concept of television entered the Indian market in 1959. Television is still persistent due to its upgrade to becoming smart. Its existence would have been diluted without modifications. Hence, the product should have an enticing feature making it long-lasting in the market or keep developing the product. The methods or strategies used to maintain and continue a product's life in the market are known as product life management.
The product life cycle has four stages to make the product stand long in the market. Every product needs to go through the four steps, to determine its life of the same. Four stages include - introduction, growth, maturity and decline.
Example : Various smart TV brands in India are in the introduction phase, where customers are still getting informed about their presence in the market. Brands like OnePlus, LG, Samsung and more are spreading awareness about smart TVs in the Indian market.
Example : Amazon is a leading e-commerce platform. It expanded to streaming services and gained growth by offering free shipment on the shopping platform. This increased the Amazon Prime video subscription. This strategy made the brand more noticeable in the market.
Example : McDonalds faced its maturity stage when it started having competition in the fast food market. To stay in the industry McDonalds maintained its market share and adapted to consumer preference for healthy food. Making it more enticing by providing fresh food services.
Example : Chevrolet, an automobile company faced its decline in 2017. It failed to fulfill customer satisfaction and compete with competitors. It faced challenges in building a name in the Indian market, due to its luxury automobile brand.
It is important to understand why a company needs to work on the product life cycle. It gives allowance to gather insights on the demand of consumers and improve products accordingly. Why is the product life cycle important? Here is the answer for it:-
Improvement to help develop products - The concept of the Product life cycle is important as it allows businesses to make necessary improvements to their products. Serving all purposes in the market space. Allocating resources strategically, making an existing product stay longer.
Awareness about the product presence - The first stage of the product life cycle, introduction, makes it easier for companies to spread awareness about the product. It could be an idea, innovation or something unique that could help in gaining attention and expand in the market.
Brand building to entice customers - Product life cycle can make a brand noticeable to consumers. Developing a customer relationship for loyalty and satisfaction. Engaging with the audience teaches upcoming trends and looks for what is missing in the market.
Resource allocation for growth and investment - Dividing resources for marketing and promotions, manufacturing costs, and R&D for the product. Generating knowledge about the brand and its product USP, with using allocated resources for stable profitability.
PLM plays a vital role across different industries, which are:
The product life cycle for apparel is usually a bell-shaped curve, on the four stages. There are various materials used in the manufacturing of cloth. The life span of a particular apparel item is highly dependent on that. There are natural and artificial fibres that are used in the manufacturing.
3D printing, sustainability clothing, smart fabrics and using AI in the manufacturing of apparel are trending. Getting introduced in the market. It shall go through all the stages of the product life cycle, declining at the end and other innovative ideas in the fashion industry will again be introduced.
The electronic industry tends to last the most as compared to other products in the market space. This happens due to the innovation in the electronic field every year. There is an upgrade every year, making it hard to reach the decline stage for some.
For instance, television started with just one channel in India, carry forward it had multiple channels and today a normal television has been converted to a smart one. This has made consumers stay, building the lifespan of a television.
The cosmetic industry has a much lesser product life cycle as compared to other industries. The lifespan of a cosmetic or skincare product depends on the formulation, packaging used and quality of the products.
The lifespan of a cosmetic product tends to last 1-2 years, then it faces a decline. Today the cosmetic industry has a lot of competition, making it hard for previous brands to compete.
Various factors influence the product life cycle for a company. Businesses must work according to the following factors to beat the competition in the market space. Here are key factors affecting the product life cycle with examples:-
There are changes in everyday life on the technical grounds of various products. Countries having high-end technological changes tend to shorten the product life cycle. Businesses continuously evolve to remain consistent in the market. Using the available technology in developing a product and maintaining the image of the brand.
Samsung, a leading smartphone manufacturer, proposed first-generation memory technology. It included V HAND with 200 cell layers for smartphones and premium memory solutions. Along with the first generation PCle Gen5 SSDs for storage and applications. This upgrade in the technical front makes it more enticing for the consumer to explore. This is the first stage of the product life cycle.
A product always has competition in the market. To increase the value, sales and growth of a business, it is a must to understand and improve according to the competitors. Fulfilling the demand of the customer before the competitor.
Nykaa faced competition in the online fashion industry from Myntra, Amazon and Ajio. To overcome its losses and continue its existence in the market, the brand focused on building brand relationships. Improving customer experience on the online shopping platform of Nykaa application and faster delivery than its competitors.
Every product has different factors that maintain its performance in the market. Adapting to changes in the market according to the product line the business is in. Market acceptance is necessary, and that can happen by fulfilling the changing demands of consumers.
Maruti Suzuki, the largest economy car manufacturer in India, always caters in regards with what customers want. Every car produced by the company has four models, serving different consumer needs. Making the company a dominant player in the automobile market in India.
From the Indian Retailers eye, the product life cycle is that various product categories are different from one another. Various factors and functions contribute to the lifespan of a product. Four stages define the life cycle of a particular product. The four stages of the product life cycle are introduction, growth, maturity and decline, which is followed by most companies. There are ways to increase the life of the product by necessary changes according to trends, technology and development, making it more wanted in the market.
What are the four stages of the product life cycle?
Introduction, growth, maturity and decline are the four stages in the product life cycle.
How can companies expand the product life cycle?
These are the following points to improve the product life cycle:
How does the product life cycle affect business?
The product life cycle determines the growth of the business. With the innovations and upgrades, the PLC can be increased leading to profitability for different businesses in sales.
In India, one of the most daunting tasks for small businesses is the struggle to gain visibility and establish an online presence. Platform constraints and high costs have made it challenging for them to compete with larger e-commerce giants. However, the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is poised to change the game with its innovative interoperable QR code. Currently in its alpha phase, this tool enables sellers to generate unique QR codes that customers can scan using an ONDC-registered buyer app, such as magicpin and Paytm. This initiative is set to expand across the entire network following successful initial testing.
"Today marks a transformative moment in Indian commerce," declared T Koshy, MD & CEO, ONDC, during the launch event for the QR code. "ONDC’s interoperable QR code breaks down the barriers that have held small businesses back. Now, every seller has the power to reach cus tomers digitally, just like the e-commerce giants. It’s a massive leap towards an open, inclusive, and democratized digital marketplace."
The beauty of this technology lies in its simplicity and potential for far-reaching impact. Sellers can display their QR codes anywhere — on storefronts, products, marketing materials, or social media — instantly connecting with customers both offline and online. For consumers, it means unparalleled convenience: a quick scan with any QR scanner app or ONDC Buyer Apps links them directly to the seller’s online store through their preferred buyer app.
"Think of the local shopkeeper, the street vendor, the artisan — they can now be discovered and patronized by anyone, anywhere," Koshy emphasized. "This isn't just a new feature; it's a catalyst for economic growth and digital inclusion. Millions of businesses will come online, creating new opportunities and driving India’s digital economy forward. Just think of the possibilities!”
Before ONDC’s interoperable QR code, sellers were either not online because of demand generation costs or were having to pay a high revenue share. Now, with this game-changing tool, they can drive their own growth in affordable ways. From the last two years, since its launch, ONDC has been empowering a diverse set of merchants and service providers, from kirana stores to restaurant owners to fashion B2C clients. The key advantage of the QR code is its power to the brand owner or the shop owner. "Imagine you are a kirana store owner. One of the challenges you are facing today is that your target segment is your neighborhood. Nobody's going to come from a few kilometers or tens of kilometers away. So, we want to have all of them aware of your existence," Koshy explained. "Today, everyone knows they can come to you, but what happens in the next generation? By the time the next generation is there, they won't even know where your store is. They'll all do online shopping. So, how will you expand and why would they come to you?"
The ONDC QR code allows small merchants to publish themselves through social media, WhatsApp, or leaflets, saying, "I exist, look at this scan, this QR code." Many big brands, when they advertise their products, will put a QR code saying "scan with any ONDC application”. The nearest store will show it to you because they don't have to go and tie up with each of them separately. They have to only make sure that they're there.
"This way, the shops together with the big brands, will make their existence more relevant in the digital world; otherwise, they will become irrelevant," Koshy noted. "In developed countries like the US, as e-commerce gets more prevalent, small shops or as we say, mom-and-Pop stores are becoming irrelevant. They have no discoverability unless they follow the rules and regulations of a few existing platforms. Here, they have discoverability and existence of their own. Not everyone will succeed, but they have to innovate with good products and offers. This definitely gives them a power in their hand, and the QR code is one more tool."
The qr code costs the sellers nothing they don't need to give any special price to any application. they can generate it and give it to everybody, and they can scan it..
For the food services and restaurants onboarded on ONDC, this new model offers significant advantages. In the existing platform world, there are only one or two options, giving certain privileges. Now, with many seller aggregators, the service is only to make the seller visible to the network, with demand coming from buyer applications. This reduces the rent-seeking capability and profit maximization possible with only a few players, making it more competitive for sellers. Restaurants, for example, can make themselves visible in the ONDC network at a low cost. "If you're a digitized restaurant, you can be visible in the ONDC network, let everybody else bring demand, and use it. It becomes a no-brainer decision to be part of it and benefit from it," Koshy elaborated.
The new network-wide logistics are hyperlocal, available at the most competitive price, matchable to any price that even the established players will offer. This makes it easier for small businesses to compete, offering good food and competitive logistics, representing themselves at a lower cost.
The post-budget reaction to the reduction of TDS on e-commerce to 0.1% and the establishment of export hubs has been positive. "These steps are encouraging for both sellers and startups. My ecosystem consists of merchants, innovators, and startups, and if they're happy, I'm happy," Koshy remarked.
The goal is ambitious. In the next one or two years, the target is to have 500 million ONDC QR codes out there in the country. This ambitious target is reflective of the aspirations of the Indian government and the startup sector. The beauty of ONDC is that it works with a lot of seller aggregators who target specific segments. There are innovations even in small cities, where simple tools will help onboarding easier.
India is considered as the third largest automobile industry. As in India cars are emotions to many people, many people consider the car as a statement of their standard. The country is vibrant with the automobile industry and it can be an exciting journey to explore India’s automobile industry from luxurious rides to rugged performers. Here are the top 10 Car brands in India that have a huge impact on the Indian automobile industry with a revenue of Rs 15 lakh crore by the end of the year 2024 , highlighting their unique features, safety standards, and engineering marvels.
1 | Maruti Suzuki | 2,135,323 units |
2 | Hyundai | 42,16,898 Units |
3 | Tata Motors | 2,65,090 units |
4 | Mahindra & Mahindra | 68,413 units |
5 | Kia | 2,61,022 units |
6 | Toyota | 27,474 Units |
7 | Honda | 18,84,958 units |
8 | Skoda | 1,00,000 units |
9 | Volkswagen | 7,64,800 units |
10 | Renault | 11,54,700 units |
Let’s Discover the top 10 car brands in India, and find out about the brand which are driving the Indian market.
Maruti Suzuki is the biggest automaker in India, and it has been making cars that are inexpensive and dependable since 1981. A joint venture of Maruti Udyog Limited and Suzuki Motor Corporation of Japan, Maruti Suzuki is based in New Delhi. The brand's position in the Indian market is strong, as it provides quality vehicles that are both practical and cost-effective. Maruti Suzuki's design philosophy prioritizes streamlined forms and practical features, as seen in the Maruti Suzuki Swift and Maruti Suzuki Baleno, which have aerodynamic shapes and luxurious, tech-rich interiors.
A major area to look out for at Maruti Suzuki is safety, with such standard features as dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and rear parking sensors. The hidden talent under the hood, which is equally good, arranges the Swift with a 1.2-liter DualJet petrol engine of 88 bhp and the Baleno with a similar engine which is enhanced by a mild-hybrid for improved fuel efficiency. The brand has a net income of Rs 13,488 crore as of 2024 and the total asset is worth Rs 115353 crore. Maruti Suzuki's dedication to innovation and efficiency is what made it the most successful car maker in India with over 3.5 thousand exclusive showrooms.
Hyundai Motor India Ltd. which is a subsidiary company belonging to the South Korean firm Hyundai Motor Company was set up in 1967 by Chung Ju-yung and is headquartered in Seoul, South Korea. Hyundai is well known for its stylish and technologically advanced vehicles and has a significant share in the Indian market. The brand is admired for its dedication to the creation of modern, attractive designs, an example of which can be seen in popular models like the Hyundai Creta and Hyundai Verna. These vehicles are characterized by the signature Hyundai cascading grille and elegant headlight design and have spacious interiors that boast the freshest infotainment systems. Besides, the Hyundai vehicles are equipped with safety features like the presence of a multiple Airbags system, ABS with EBD as well as ESC.
Hyundai ensures these engines have strong support for longer use and are well-tuned for both performance and fuel economy. The Creta comes with a powertrain In May 2023, with a 1.4-litre turbo petrol engine that outputs 138 bhp, and if we talk about the Verna, i t has a 1.5-litre petrol engine that is rated at 113 bhp. Currently, the company owns 33.88 percent of Kia Corporation and fully owns two marques including its luxury cars subsidiary, Genesis, and their electric vehicle brand Logic. Hyundai has constantly renewed its quality issues and has come to be trusted by Indian customers who want an innovative model that combines style with performance and safety.
Tata Motors Limited is the automotive manufacturer of the Tata Group and the biggest in India. It has got a prominent place in the development of the Indian automotive sector. The company was established in 1945 by J.R.D. Tata. It is headquartered in Mumbai and manufactures a wide range of vehicles from passenger cars to commercial vehicles. The brand is known for its innovative design philosophy, which emphasizes strength and sophistication. This is evident in models like the Tata Nexon and Tata Harrier, which feature bold and muscular exteriors combined with plush, tech-laden interiors.
The major foundation of Tata Motors is safety, and a lot of models have a 5-star Global NCAP safety rating. Features like ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and an advanced electronic stability program are the standard for the range of models. Tata's engines are made to perform and use less fuel, as the Nexon has a 1.2L turbocharged gasoline engine with 118 hp while the Harrier has a 2.0L diesel engine that produces 168 hp. Jaguar and Land Rover are subsidiaries of the company. The company’s net income is Rs 31,806 crore as of 2024. Tata Motors' persistent efforts toward sustainability and innovation are at the top of the industry and slowly but surely they are gaining influence not only in India but also around the world.
Mahindra & Mahindra Limited is the Indian subsidiary of Mahindra Group, and it is an Indian automobile manufacturer that is big and has been around since 1945 established by J.C. Mahindra, K.C. Mahindra, M.G. Muhammad. The headquarters is in Mumbai, Maharashtra. Mahindra is a well-known name in the production of rugged and reliable vehicles and has a strong market position in the SUV and commercial vehicle segments. The brand's long-time association with hardiness, such as the Mahindra XUV500 and Mahindra Thar models, is still valid today. The XUV500 is well-designed with a roomy interior, while the Thar is a traditional off-road vehicle with a modern style. Mahindra's commitment to safety includes such features as ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and strong structural integrity.
Mahindra automobile-powered engines are full of performance and long-lasting, XUV500 with a 2.2-liter mHawk diesel engine that produces 155 bhp and Thar with a 2.0-liter medallion petrol engine that produces 150 bhp. The subsidiaries include companies like Mahindra Tractors, Mahindra Truck and Bus and BSA Company. The net income of the company is Rs 11,269 crore as of 2024. Mahindra's focus, thus, is not only on delivering powerful, robust, and trendy vehicles but also on establishing itself as one of the most loved automobile manufacturers in India whether one is looking for adventure or reliability.
Kia Motors Corporation which is a South Korean automobile manufacturing corporation was founded in 1944 and in no time it has become a household name in India and entered the market in 2019. The company whose headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea produces stylish vehicles that are packed with lots of features and provide good performance and comfort. The brand's unwavering dedication to agile design can be seen through the Kia Seltos and Kia Sonet, characterized by their dynamic tiger-nose grille and lean body lines that differentiate the Kia brand from others. Kia's driving force is safety, including standard features like multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, and electronic stability control, thus offering an accident-free experience.
The Seltos 1.4-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 138 bhp and the Sonet 1.0-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 118 bhp are the two options Kia engines are engineered for maximum efficiency and power. Kia is owned by Hyundai with a stake of 33.88 percent. In India , Kia gained immense popularity due to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction, making it the choice among consumers looking for style and technology.
Toyota Motor Corporation, which was established in 1937 by Kiichiro Toyoda, is an automobile giant on the world stage. With its administrative center in Toyota City, Japan, it has earned its place among the most dependable and innovative car manufacturers. In India, Toyota is known for its versatile range of vehicles that are suitable to different types of customers. According to Toyota's design approach, practicality and style are embraced, which is the case with the Fortuner and Innova Crysta models. These cars embody audacious exteriors along with lavish and spacious interiors that are made for comfort and utility.
Safety is primarily on the agenda of Toyota, with an array of advanced features including double airbags, ABS with EBD, Vehicle Stability Control, and the Toyota Safety Sense suite, which has sophisticated technologies such as a Pre-Collision System and Lane Departure Alert. Besides being known for their efficiency and reliability, Toyota engines are also known for their ruggedness. With the Fortuner, for instance, you can get a 2.8-liter diesel engine that pumps out 201 bhp and a 2.7-liter petrol engine that gives you 164 bhp on the Innova Crysta. Toyota's commitment to innovation as well as sustainability is one of the major reasons why the company is still the leader in the automotive industry.
Honda Motor Co., Ltd., founded in 1948, is a Japanese globally operating corporation that has a reputation for its engineering and automotive innovations. Honda has its base in Minato, Tokyo, Japan, and it has successfully penetrated the Indian market with a wide range of vehicles. Honda cars stand out with their striking, aerodynamic configurations as can be seen in top models such as Honda City and Honda CR-V, both of which flaunt stylish outsides and high-tech comfortable interiors. Honda is very concerned about safety, which is why standard features like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and the Advanced Compatibility Engineering (ACE) body structure come with their cars.
This is complemented by the Honda Sensing suite of safety technologies that include features such as Collision Mitigation Braking System and Lane Keeping Assist that provide extra protection to passengers. Honda is known for their excellence in all respects, but the City comes with a 1.5-liter i-VTEC engine that gives 119 bhp, while the CR-V has a 2.0-liter engine that generates 152 bhp. The unwavering commitment of Honda to innovation, performance, and road safety further engraves its existence in the minds of Indian consumers.
Škoda Auto is a renowned automaker known for producing vehicles that blend luxury and practicality, founded in 1895 in Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic. In India, Skoda has made significant strides with its premium offerings that cater to discerning consumers. Skoda cars are designed with a focus on elegance and functionality, evident in models like the Škoda Octavia and Škoda Kodiaq, which feature sharp lines and spacious, luxurious interiors. Safety is a priority for Škoda, with vehicles equipped with multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, Electronic Stability Control, and Rear Parking Sensors.
Škoda engines are crafted for performance and efficiency, with the Octavia featuring a 2.0-liter TSI petrol engine that delivers an impressive 190 bhp, and the Kodiaq offering a 2.0-liter TDI diesel engine producing 148 bhp. The Škoda Octavia is well-regarded for its smooth ride and high-quality interior, which includes a 10-inch touchscreen infotainment system and a virtual cockpit. The Škoda Kodiaq, on the other hand, is a spacious SUV that offers excellent off-road capabilities and a luxurious cabin. Škoda's commitment to producing vehicles that combine innovation, safety, and elegance has solidified its presence in the Indian market, appealing to those who seek both comfort and performance in their cars.
Volkswagen, the origin of Volkswagen in 1937 sounds like a tale of the German state automobile manufacturer that had been producing cars reliable and well-engineered for decades. The company is headquartered in Wolfsburg, Germany, and is known for its precise engineering and uncompromised quality. Volkswagen India offers a diverse portfolio of cars not only for those who heat their hearts with motors but also for those who are not fanatics, but use them for work and everyday driving . As the brand's signature image is captured in the sleek exteriors and high-quality interior of advanced infotainment systems, models like Polo and Tiguan embody the design philosophy of Volkswagen.
Volkswagen is safety-conscious and integrates features like ABS, electronic stability control, multiple airbags, and rear parking sensors across its entire lineup. The engines of VW cars are intentionally set to be both very efficient and very powerful, with the Polo having a 1.0 lTSI gasoline engine with 108 horsepower and the Tiguan flaunting a 2.0 lTSI engine with 187 horsepower. VW's commitment to engineering perfection and technology is still the preference among Indian customers who are looking for precision and reliability in their cars.
Renault, a French corporation of car manufacturers, was founded in 1899 and has its headquarters in Boulogne-Billancourt, France. Renault is widely acknowledged for its creative designs and for providing cars which not only look good but are also comfortable and practical. In India, Renault has created a special place in the market by introducing models such as the Renault Kwid and Renault Duster, which are made to provide a combination of aesthetic and functional appeal.
The Renault Kwid is selling like hotcakes, especially because of its stylistic design, which makes it look like an SUV while being very compact and suited for the city. T he Duster, in contrast, is a sporty SUV that offers good off-road performance and roomy cabins. Renault puts a cardinal focus on safety, incorporating into its vehicles things like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and reverse parking sensors . The engines from Renault are not only efficient but also perform well, with the Kwid model using a 1.0-litre petrol engine providing 67 bhp and the Duster model with a 1.3-litre turbo petrol engine giving 154 bhp. Renault's commitment to inventive solutions has become a key reason Indian consumers have been drawn to the brand, who value the exclusive look and solid performance.
At Indian Retailer, we understand Automobile industry is driving the market crazy with unique style and innovative technology. It's important to understand how impactful this industry is, so we have made a list of the top 10 car brands in India with the details of brands, their style, and technology. Above we have mentioned all the information anyone needs to know about the brands to understand the top car brands in India in detail.
1. Which is the No. 1 car brand in India?
Maruti Suzuki is India's Most Popular Automobile Brand. The company has operated for over 40 years and has a wide range of cars to offer, from compact hatchbacks to SUVs.
2. How many car brands are there in India?
It's no surprise that there are over 35 global and Indian car brands active in the country.
3. What is the most expensive car?
The most expensive car ever sold in the world is the Mercedes-Benz 300 SLR Uhlenhaut Coupé, which sold for $142 million in 2022 through RM Sotheby's.
4. Which car is safest in India?
The Tata Harrier is the safest Indian car as per Global NCAP adult safety ratings. The Harrier prioritizes safety by boasting six airbags as standard, with top-tier variants featuring a driver knee airbag.
5. Which is India's most selling car?
Maruti Suzuki manufactures the best-selling cars in India.
Indian online shoppers exhibit distinct behaviors and preferences, placing a high value on brand trust and the quality of products and services. Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys.
According to a survey by Capterra, despite the ubiquitous nature of ads, they remain a potent tool for reaching online consumers. The survey revealed that 70 percent of respondents had purchased one or more products after seeing a social media ad in the past 12 months. Additionally, 69 percent of these shoppers sought more information about a product after viewing an ad, while 65 percent followed the brand. This indicates that even when social media ads do not lead to immediate purchases, they generate significant engagement and build a potential customer base for future sales.
The engagement sparked by these ads extends beyond initial interest, fostering continuous interaction with brands. This ongoing dialogue allows brands to consistently deliver relevant content, updates, and offers to their followers, reinforcing brand presence and increasing the likelihood of converting engagement into sales.
73 percent of respondents found ads acceptable if they were relevant to their interests. This highlights the importance of effectively targeting the right audience. Businesses can leverage marketing automation software to analyze customer data, segment audiences, and deliver personalized content that is more likely to engage and convert.
Interestingly, 53 percent of respondents indicated they found ads for products they had not previously shown interest in acceptable. This presents a significant opportunity for companies to use social media platforms to attract new customers, not just reach existing ones. In a dynamic market like India, where half of consumers are open to discovering new products through social media, effective targeting becomes crucial.
Search filters play a significant role in online shopping. The survey found that 52 percent of respondents always use search filters to narrow their product searches, while 36 percent use them often, and 11 percent use them sometimes. However, there are areas for improvement. About 46 percent of respondents found search filters too specific, and 40 percent felt overwhelmed by too many filters.
Too many search filters can confuse and frustrate customers, potentially leading to a loss of interest or search abandonment. Direct and relevant search filters can improve user experience and expose shoppers to products they might not have initially considered.
Technology has significantly transformed the online shopping experience, making it more efficient and enjoyable. The survey revealed that 51 percent of respondents are interested in using AI chatbots and QR codes for shopping online. These technologies simplify the shopping process and enhance decision-making and satisfaction.
AI chatbots provide real-time, 24/7 customer service, offering tailored recommendations and assisting with purchases. QR codes offer a quick way to access product information, promotional offers, and digital services. These tools make the shopping experience more dynamic and engaging, helping customers find and buy what they need more efficiently.
The survey indicated that 72 percent of respondents have used AI-enabled chatbots to search for products online and would like to use them again. This growing interest highlights a shift towards a more convenient and interactive shopping experience. According to a Gartner report, by 2026, 50 percent of customer service and support organizations will have implemented GenAI-driven virtual assistants for customer-facing tasks.
GenAI chatbots can simulate human-like conversations, efficiently route conversations to relevant stakeholders, offer personalized responses, and help visualize content. These advancements can significantly enhance customer engagement and satisfaction.
While technology enhances the online shopping experience, not all consumers feel the same way. About 8 percent of respondents who have used chatbots do not plan to use them again. This indicates that there is still work to be done to improve these tools and address customer concerns.
Businesses must optimize their e-commerce platforms and marketing strategies to gain insights into consumer behaviors and preferences. Enhancing search filters to be more user-friendly and implementing personalized marketing tactics can help companies better connect with online consumers. By focusing on efficiency, customization, and relevance, businesses can increase customer satisfaction and conversion rates.
Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys. Businesses that recognize and adapt to these behaviors will be better positioned to engage and convert this dynamic consumer base. By leveraging advanced technologies and personalized marketing strategies, companies can enhance their online presence, build brand trust, and drive sales in the ever-evolving Indian market.
India’s beauty market is a burgeoning arena, forecasted to reach a staggering $46 billion in the coming years. International brands are keenly eyeing this vast potential, and Amazon India stands at the helm of this transformation, leveraging its vast reach and robust infrastructure to cater to the burgeoning demand. In an exclusive interaction with Indian Retailer, Zeba Khan, Director, Fashion and Beauty, Amazon India, shared fascinating insights into how the e-commerce giant is navigating this exciting market.
"You're absolutely right. The Indian beauty market is so ripe," Zeba begins, setting the stage for our discussion. "E-commerce in India is still only about 20 percent of the market. The Indian beauty customer is spending less than one-fourth of what a person in China spends on beauty,” she notes, highlighting the untapped potential in the market. To bridge this gap, Amazon India launched the Global Beauty Store, a curated collection of trending international brands. “We have 60-plus international brands and over 5,000 products on that store,” she adds. This initiative has seen tremendous success, with a 2.5x spike in traffic on launch day alone, underscoring the excitement among Indian consumers for global beauty products.
One of the standout features of Amazon’s approach is its ability to democratize access to these international brands. “We serve almost all the pin codes in India, bringing these products to the doorstep of the last pin code at the convenience of a click,” Zeba proudly states. This level of accessibility ensures that even consumers in remote areas can enjoy the latest beauty trends from around the world.
Luxury beauty is a fast-evolving segment in India, with perfumes and makeup leading the charge. “Perfumes remain evergreen, with brands like Carolina Herrera now available on our platform,” Zeba shares. The makeup segment is also booming, with renowned brands like Anastasia Beverly Hills making their debut on Amazon India. This marks a notable trend where luxury makeup brands are gaining traction, whereas previously, the focus was more on skincare and perfumes.
Interestingly, there is a growing interest in derma brands. “Indian consumers are very particular about their skin type and ingredients,” Zeba observes. This shift is driven by increased consumer awareness and interest in the specific ingredients and types of skincare products. Indian customers are now well-informed about national brands and equally discerning about the ingredients in these products. As a result, there's a growing trend of people consulting dermatologists and using derma products without hesitation.
To cater to this demand, Amazon launched the Derma Store, offering a curated selection of derma products and expert consultations. “This platform is highly educational and informative, featuring experts who customers can consult. It offers a curated selection of products, providing customers with reliable and specialized skincare options,” she adds.
While international brands are a major draw, Amazon India is equally committed to promoting homegrown brands. “We have more than 1,300 homegrown trending direct-to-consumer brands,” Zeba reveals. This diverse portfolio ensures that customers have access to a wide range of products, catering to varied preferences and needs.
For Zeba, this extensive selection is a personal boon. “I shop for Moroccan Oil for haircare, and derma brands for my sensitive skin,” she shares. The vast array of options allows her to explore new brands and products regularly, a perk she relishes.
The beauty industry is no longer the exclusive domain of women. Men’s beauty is a rapidly growing segment, with skincare leading the charge. “Last year, we saw growth in men’s skincare, but now makeup is also picking up,” Zeba notes. Indian brands are catering to diverse skin tones and preferences, encouraging more men to experiment with makeup.
Amazon’s Beauty Sale is a much-anticipated event, offering up to 70 percent off on a wide range of products. “This is our fourth edition. The sale features 8,000-plus deals across international and homegrown brands, with categories like skincare, makeup, and luxury beauty seeing significant traction,” she shares. But the Beauty Sale is more than just discounts. “We have continuous live sessions on our app with derma and makeup experts, social media giveaways, and exciting contests,” Zeba highlights. Additionally, the Amazon Beautyverse brings top creators together to network and educate customers, making the shopping experience both enjoyable and informative.
Exclusive collaborations are a cornerstone of Amazon’s strategy to offer unique products to its customers. “We launched St. Botanica perfumes exclusively with us,” Zeba shares. These perfumes feature scents crafted from the world’s best ingredients, offering a diverse selection to consumers. In the skincare segment, Amazon partnered with CeraVe, a US derma brand in India. “While it wasn’t exclusive with us, we are one of the first few e-commerce partners offering this brand,” Zeba states, expressing excitement about this collaboration.
Amazon India’s vision for the future of beauty shopping is clear: to provide an unparalleled selection of products, ensure authenticity, and offer a seamless and informative shopping experience. With initiatives like the Global Beauty Store, Derma Store, and exclusive collaborations, Amazon is well on its way to transforming the beauty landscape in India.
Zeba Khan’s insights paint a vivid picture of an industry on the brink of a major evolution. As international and homegrown brands converge on the Indian market, consumers stand to benefit from a plethora of choices, expert guidance, and the convenience of shopping from the comfort of their homes. The treasure trove of beauty is truly being unlocked, one click at a time.
In recent years, Bharat has witnessed a significant shift in the eCommerce landscape. Traditionally dominated by major urban centers like Delhi, Mumbai, and Bangalore, the spotlight is now turning towards non-metro areas where the eCommerce revolution is thriving.
Shiprocket’s latest report titled “How MSMEs of Bharat sell online” sheds light on this transformation, revealing intriguing trends and data that highlight the expanding reach and evolving nature of online retail in Bharat.
One of the standout findings from the report is the substantial shift of eCommerce activity from metropolitan cities to non-metro areas. In 2023, approximately 71 percent of all online orders originated from these smaller towns and rural regions. This trend underscores a pivotal change in India's retail dynamics, with rural and semi-urban areas becoming significant contributors to the eCommerce growth narrative.
"This shift is a clear indicator of the burgeoning potential in Bharat’s smaller towns," said Atul Mehta, CEO of Domestic Shipping at Shiprocket. "It highlights the immense opportunity for eCommerce growth beyond just the traditional urban centers. The rise in digital access and smartphone usage in these regions is transforming them into vital hubs of online shopping."
Consumer behavior has also evolved, particularly with regards to shopping patterns. MSMEs have noted that 84 percent of their orders are placed over weekends, indicating a preference for shopping during leisure time. The report also reveals that personal care products are leading the charge, accounting for 27 percent of all orders in early 2024. Apparel & footwear and electronics follow, capturing 20 and 9 percent of orders, respectively.
"Understanding these trends is crucial for MSMEs as they navigate the competitive eCommerce landscape. The weekend shopping spike presents a significant opportunity for targeted marketing and promotional strategies. Additionally, the increasing trust in digital payments, with 42 percent of buyers preferring prepaid methods, reflects a growing confidence in online transactions,” explains Mehta.
As eCommerce continues to evolve, MSMEs are increasingly integrating advanced technology solutions to enhance their operations. A notable trend is the growing adoption of WhatsApp for direct marketing, with usage rising from 25 to 30 percent among small and medium-sized businesses. This shift towards instant communication channels reflects a broader move towards more personalized and efficient customer interactions.
"WhatsApp and other direct communication tools are revolutionizing how MSMEs engage with their customers. The rise in usage from 25 to 30 percent among SMBs underscores the shift towards more immediate and personal marketing channels. This trend is a testament to the increasing importance of real-time interaction in building customer relationships," said Mehta.
Furthermore, data analytics tools are becoming indispensable for MSMEs. By leveraging these tools, businesses can gain valuable insights into customer behavior, optimize their product offerings, and make informed decisions. "The integration of data analytics is empowering MSMEs to refine their strategic planning and respond more effectively to market trends," Mehta added.
The report emphasizes the potential of the Indian eCommerce market, projected to reach $300 billion by 2030. This growth trajectory is expected to be driven by inclusive development, with women-led MSMEs playing a crucial role. Currently, women-led businesses account for 20.5 percent of all registered MSMEs and generate 19 percent of employment, reflecting their significant contribution to the market.
"Sustainability and inclusivity are not just trends; they are shaping the future of eCommerce in Bharat. Women entrepreneurs are making significant strides, and their stories are inspiring. The focus on sustainability, from eco-friendly packaging to ethically sourced products, is also driving consumer preferences and business practices," Mehta noted.
Sustainability is also becoming a key factor, with a rising demand for eco-friendly practices and ethically sourced products. MSMEs are adapting to these changes by adopting sustainable packaging and exploring environmentally friendly logistics solutions. " Consumers today are increasingly conscious of the environmental impact of their purchases, MSMEs that embrace these sustainable practices will not only meet consumer expectations but also stand out in a competitive market," Mehta observed.
The report also touches on the growing trend of Indian brands expanding internationally. As Indian eCommerce businesses gain traction with unique and well-crafted product offerings, many are finding success beyond domestic borders. " Brands that offer specialized and differentiated products, such as those targeting specific needs like curly hair care, are not just catering to the Indian market but are also making a mark globally, " Mehta observed.
This international expansion is facilitated by the strong foundation and success of these brands in the domestic market. With a compelling brand story and a clear value proposition, Indian eCommerce businesses are well-equipped to enter and compete in global markets. The strength of Indian brands lies in their unique value propositions and the ability to tell compelling stories. When these brands succeed in India, they are well-positioned to replicate that success internationally.
"As we look towards the future, it is clear that India is poised to become a major player in the global eCommerce arena. The growth of MSMEs, especially those from non-metro areas and led by women entrepreneurs, is a testament to the vibrant and dynamic nature of our digital economy," said Saahil Goel, MD & CEO, Shiprocket.
The eCommerce sector in Bharat is experiencing a transformative phase, with non-metro areas emerging as key contributors to growth. The evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and the increasing focus on sustainability and international expansion are shaping the future of online retail in India. As MSMEs continue to embrace these changes, the potential for further growth and innovation remains boundless.
The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is poised for a notable shift, driven by robust growth in the rural market. The rural FMCG volume is expected to grow by 6.1 percent in the current fiscal year, up from 4.4 percent the previous year. This projection presents a strong positive outlook, especially in contrast to the urban market, which is predicted to remain relatively flat at 4.2 percent.
According to a recent report by Kantar Worldpanel, titled 'The Rural Challenge,' suggests that the rural market is on the brink of a significant transformation. Stability in the macro market is anticipated to catalyze this change, potentially enabling rural volumes to catch up with urban growth. Currently, the rural market generates half of the FMCG volume and value in India, underscoring its importance to the sector. The report also highlights that growth in rural areas is largely population-driven rather than consumption-driven.
Kantar's findings indicate a notable trend towards premiumization in the FMCG sector. As rural consumers experience a higher standard of living, there is an increasing demand for premium products. Categories such as food spreads and dressings, face scrubs, body washes, hair conditioning serums, muesli, and Korean noodles are seeing heightened consumer interest. This shift mirrors trends in other sectors where consumers are willing to pay more for products that elevate their experience.
Additionally, products that simplify daily life and save time are gaining popularity. Liquid dishwashing soaps, liquid detergents, ready-to-cook mixes, cornflakes, oats, frozen foods, and fabric conditioners are among the categories witnessing increased demand. In personal care, items that address specific consumer needs, such as targeted skin creams, sensitive toothpaste, roll-on deodorants, tampons, and prickly heat-cooling powders, are also experiencing higher growth.
There is a growing preference for healthier alternatives within the FMCG sector. Products such as healthy bread, various types of healthy oil (olive, canola, rice bran, flaxseed), sweeteners, sugar-free cold drinks, dark chocolates, and healthy biscuits are becoming increasingly popular. This shift is part of a broader trend where consumers are making more health-conscious choices.
Moreover, the adoption of e-commerce and quick commerce channels is accelerating. Quick commerce, in particular, is seeing significant growth in premium categories, with users frequently purchasing larger packs. This trend indicates a shift in consumer behavior towards convenience and faster delivery times, which are becoming critical factors in purchasing decisions.
The latest Kantar Brand Footprint India 2024 report sheds light on the most chosen FMCG brands in the country. Parle has maintained its top spot as the most chosen in-home FMCG brand for the 12th consecutive year, with a Consumer Reach Points (CRP) score of 7,980 million. Britannia follows closely with a CRP score of 7,937 million. Other leading brands include Amul (6,137 million), Clinic Plus (4,144 million), and Tata Consumer Products (3,035 million).
CRP is a metric that measures brand popularity and reach by combining penetration (the percentage of households buying the brand), frequency (how often they buy it), and population (total households). This metric provides a comprehensive view of a brand's strength and consumer preference.
Britannia leads the out-of-home brand rankings with 628 million CRP points, surpassing Haldiram’s (442 million), Cadbury's (427 million), Balaji (362 million), and Parle (302 million). The report indicates that out-of-home consumption is on the rise, driven by different choice triggers compared to in-home consumption.
Despite a general slowdown in CRP growth across sectors such as FMCG, foods, homecare, health and beauty, and beverages, the dairy sector showed resilience with a 2 percent growth. Haldiram’s and Balaji performed exceptionally well, entering the top 25 in-home brand list with over 30 percent growth in 2023. Brands like Sunfeast, Sunsilk, Stayfree, and Oreo made significant penetration gains, reaching the top 10 list.
K. Ramakrishnan, Managing Director of the South Asia Worldpanel division at Kantar, emphasizes that the increasing availability of brand options is evolving consumer choices in India. This evolution is reflected in the steady increase in CRPs, indicating that consumers are making more frequent purchase trips and expanding their options.
The younger generation aims to reach new heights today, especially in entrepreneurship. Gone are the days when a traditional nine-to-five job was the only path to success. With the rise in technology and independence, young entrepreneurs in India are building their own legacies. Resources like online education, crowdfunding, and global market access have made everything easier to reach.
In India, 14 percent of 18-37-year-olds are getting into entrepreneurship. For these top young entrepreneurs in India, it’s not just about making money; it’s about creativity, innovation, and personal achievement. Among them, the top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are setting new standards and inspiring others. This trend has led to a rise in famous young entrepreneurs in India who are making big strides in their fields.
These successful young entrepreneurs in India are especially impressive because they show great drive and creativity. They are not just building businesses but also making meaningful contributions to the economy and society.
Here is a list of the top young entrepreneurs in India in 2024.
Anchit and Adwaita Nayar | Nykaa |
Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh | Mamaearth |
Ankit Nagori | Curefoods |
Bala Sarda | Vahdam |
Dhvanil Sheth | Skillmatics |
Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda | Wakefit |
Manoj Meena | Atomberg |
Harsh Lal | Souled Store |
Siddharth Dungarwal | Snitch |
Anchit Nayar, a successful Indian entrepreneur, is the chief executive officer of the beauty e-commerce giant with ten years of experience in marketing, retail and banking serving in expanding Nykaa retail stores. Adwaita Nayar is also the Chief executive officer of the company. She has instituted Nykaa Fashion Business by supervising NykaaFashion.com with more than ten years of experience in the equity market, fashion and retail.
At the age of 50, Falguni (mother) started the company from scratch with $2 million in 2012 and now has GVM (gross merchandise value) of $1 million during FY2024 a 25 percent year-on-year increase. The Omnichannel company trades in cosmetics and fashion in both men's and women's gentry. The Fashion and beauty retail brand is projected to shoot up 20 percent in CAGR. The B2B segment called the superstore and media arm had grown to Rs 835 crore (59 percent).
Read More: Female Entrepreneurs : 7 Retail Empires Built in India (2024)
Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, are successful Indian entrepreneurs and the founder of Mamaearth . The journey of the Rs 2,488 crore personal care company, started when the parents-to-be were searching for toxin-free baby products for their firstborn. The fact that most of the parents were using deleterious products for their little ones, got Gazal (36) and Varun (38) young entrepreneurs in India, to form a brand that uses well-researched methods to provide baby-safe items.
Mamaearth, a D2C brand, announced the highest quarterly net profit of Rs 30.5 crore for 2023-2024. Consolidated revenue increased by 21 percent year-on-year to Rs 471.1 crore in the fourth quarter of 2024. Mamaearth has grown sales by 21.5 percent and consolidated EBITDA at Rs 33 crore.
Read More: How the Emergence of Young Entrepreneurs is Reshaping the Notion of Youth in Biz
Ankit Nagori (36) an Indian entrepreneur, came across the idea to jump-start a food delivery company, Curefoods in 2020. As time passed, the company climbed the ladder of cloud kitchen by collaborating with various brands. Today, Curefoods has eight affiliated brands named - EATFIT, Sharif Bhai, Olio, Great Indian Khichdi, Rolls on Wheels, Nomad Pizza, CakeZone, Millet Express, Chaat Street and Juno’s. Curefoods focuses on developing food that is made on a sustainable basis, chemical-free items that are loved by consumers covering 75 percent of India’s online food market. Ankit is well-known in both private and professional spheres for his perennial drive for food and fitness, pushing his devotion to the field.
Curefoods, a F&B company has over 200 cloud kitchens and offline stores serving over 10 cuisines between 15 cities in India generating an annual revenue of Rs 412 crore ($51.3 million) for FY2023. It has taken second place in the list of largest cloud kitchen players in India with the philosophy to be a chemical-free, ISO-certified kitchen and hygienic food provider.
Bala Sarda (25) is a famous Indian entrepreneur in India, who started his business ‘Vahdam’ with the ancestry experience of 80 years in the tea industry. In 2015, to solve the problem of the massive gap of $90 billion in the tea market, he made fresh teas available to consumers worldwide using technology to deliver home-grown tea. He plans to take the Indian tea industry global.
Vahdam generated a revenue of Rs 26.2 million in FY 2023 with an increase of 5 percent CAGR. It generates 90 percent of the revenue from e-commerce and other online sales platforms rest 10 percent from offline presence. Vahdam has 6500 stores globally including the US, Canada and Europe are the main consumer-centric countries.
Dhvanil Sheth (29), a successful Indian entrepreneur, founded Skillmatics in 2016. When he saw his nephew going through a book he realized learning could be done through games. A mover and shaker educational product brand is committed to developing innovative games that build essential skills in children. He started by investing $50.000 and came up with early learning games to help children gain knowledge without applications and smart electronics.
The brand has over 20,000 retail stores worldwide with an omnichannel distribution model. The plan for the company is to hold a dominant position in the global market by expanding product assortment and getting deeper into online as well as offline channels. Skillmatics generated a revenue of $5.9 million (Rs 47.7 crore) and net profit.
Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda, young entrepreneurs in India, founded ‘Wakefit’ in 2016 with a well-researched and innovation-driven home and sleep solution brand. Director and Co-founder Chaitanya Ramalingegowda with more than 20 years of experience in managerial capacities in large and start-up companies, looks upon all front-end operations such as sales, marketing, technology and consumer experience. Ankit Garg Co-founder of Wakefit leads the product development, design, research and innovation operations for the company with over 10 years of experience in the professional domain.
Wakefit, a sleep and home solution company, follows a niche delivery model with a product-oriented approach that exercises research and innovation to be ahead of the industry. As of FY 2023, the company has a valuation of $ 275 million and an annual revenue of $102 million along with total funding of $145 million.
Manoj Meena is a young Indian entrepreneur who noticed an energy efficiency problem in India. To solve the concern they catered to making energy-efficient smart appliances like the smart BLDC fans which reduce energy consumption by up to 65 percent. The story of Atomberg starts with two IIT Bombay friends, Manoj Meena and Sibabrata Das.
Atomberg is a pioneer in the premium fans segment along with expanding newer categories like mixers, grinders and smart locks. The company has more than 30,000 retail stores across 400 tons in India and also has a presence in all e-commerce platforms. The company has an annual revenue of $80.9 million and a valuation of $359 million as of FY2023.
Harsh Lal, a young entrepreneur in India and the owner of Souled Store founded the brand in 2013 to overcome the gap between fashion and customers. Harsh Lal is the modern-day entrepreneur and the co-founder of the souled store overseeing licensing, retail and marketplaces for the biggest brand for offline merchandise with products from T-shirts, backpacks, and phone covers to socks and badges.
The company has an annual funding of $29.4 million and a valuation of $98.6 million in FY2023 with a total funding of $29.7 million.
Siddharth Dungarwal, a successful young entrepreneur and the founder of Snitch, always had a passion for fashion, he entered into the industry mainly self-tutored and started by providing products under the Snitch label, distributing to different retailers. It started with the D2C brand through “snitch.co.in” a website offering unconventional styles in male fashion.
The brand has achieved a GVM of Rs 400 crore and sets its sights to reach Rs 600 crore at the end of FY2024. 80 percent of the operating revenue is driven by the men's fashion category with a 130 percent increase in sales.
In the Indian Retailer's eye, the country is a hub of opportunities for young entrepreneurs. Everyone has a new idea to develop and produce, filling the gaps in the market. Making it easier for customers to attain their needs. Bring creative thoughts and knowledge for others to gather, and achieve entrepreneurial goals. These top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are a great inspiration for the youth of the country. Get inspired and start your venture!
What is a young entrepreneur?
A young adult who starts a business in a particular field. A person who thinks about taking a risk and starting a new venture from scratch along with contributing towards society as well.
Who is the most famous young entrepreneur in India?
Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh followed by Anchit Adwaita Nayar and Ankit Nagori are the top 3 most famous young entrepreneurs in India.
Who is the first woman entrepreneur in India?
Kalpana Saroj is the first woman entrepreneur in India.
Ever imagine why smartwatches are more popular than regular watches? Because they can do so much more than just tell you the time and date. From tracking your steps and distance, counting the calories burned, to watching your heart rate and monitoring your sleep patterns, they are your personal trainers. So are you excited to uncover more features about the top 10 best budget smartwatch brands in India? Let’s find out who’s leading the Indian market size of $33.58 billion and what are your best options.
Below are the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands that are leading the Indian market with budget-friendly prices.
Check More: Top 10 Ladies Watch Brands in India
BoAt is one of the leading earwear audio brands in India, founded by Aman Gupta and Sameer Mehta in 2014, headquartered in Mumbai. BoAt quickly became famous in India's wearable technology market. The boAt also provides a reasonable price range of Rs 800 to Rs 6,000 of smartwatches, so you can be sure that this is one of the most affordable brands showcasing its tech products.
The most popular boAt products include functionalities such as bright displays, and also health monitoring services. The Xtend series possesses a 1.69-inch screen with Alexa built-in, interchangeable watch faces, and a SpO2 monitor, which is a very useful and good thing for people who care about their health. At the same time, the brand is tied up with IPL teams for its marketing which is the other part of the reason why its status is the best as a tech company. The name 'boAt' is a very interesting one, and it represents a journey that is not lost in the sea of technology and lifestyle products, which in a way, is the brand's strength of resilience and innovation.
Best-Selling Models:
BoAt Ultima Connect Max | Rs 1,149 |
BoAt Storm | Rs 1,099 |
BoAt Xtend | Rs 999 |
Check More: Top 10 Affordable Watch Brands in India for Every Style
NOISE started its journey selling smartphone accessories but it’s today renowned for smart wearable and wireless headphones. The name is now a highly recognized technology brand in India. The name NOISE represents the voice inside each of us, the only voice which can push each one of us every day for the daily hustle and win in life. And that NOISE gave the wings to both Gaurav Khatri and Amit Khatri to come into existence in 2014 as the creators of Noise. The brand is based in Gurugram and offers affordable and budget-friendly smartwatches which are loved by people with different interests and are in the price range of Rs 1,000 to 8,000.
Among the most popular models that Noise produces are the ColorFit Pro 4. Its ColorFit Pro 4 is the name of a watch that has a 1.72-inch touchscreen, along with 24/7 heart rate tracking and SpO2 measurement, making it an optimum choice for fitness freaks. Noise is among the few who are trying to take technology to the heights of innovation through products like AMOLED screens, Customizable Watch faces, and Seamless smartphone Integration. With a gonoise.com platform dedicated to lifestyle gadgets, Noise frequently introduces creations that are out of the ordinary to the market, thus underlining the company's philosophy.
Color Fit Pulse 4 Max | Rs 2,499 |
Noise Fit Halo Plus | Rs 2,799 |
Color Fit Pro 5 | Rs 3,599 |
Titan, a trusted brand in the Indian watch industry, was founded by Xerxes Desai in 1984. Headquartered in Bengaluru, Titan is part of the Tata Group and has made a significant impact in the smartwatch segment with a price range of Rs 2,500 to 25,000. Popular models like the Titan Crest and Titan Smart offer a blend of elegance and advanced technology. Titan brings you a lot of smartwatches that can meet different tastes and needs, nowadays. The Titan Smart Watch with a 4.97 cm Super AMOLED display comes with SingleSync Bluetooth, AI assistant, and a durable IP68 rating.
Similarly, the Titan Crest features a 3.63 cm AMOLED display with Always-On functionality, a crown that helps in easy navigation, and supports Bluetooth calling Titan Celestor has highly accurate GPS for tracking, an altimeter, and a barometer, is perfect for outdoor enthusiasts for reliability. Associated with brands like Tanishq, Fastrack, and Sonata,
Titan Smart Watch with 4.97 CM Super AMOLED Display | Rs 4,995 |
Titan Crest | Rs 5,995 |
Titan Celestor Advanced GPS & Barometer 3.6 CM AMOLED Display | Rs 9,995 |
Timex , a watch brand with a rich heritage, was started named Waterbury Clock Company in 1854. It was purchased by Thomas Olsen and renamed to Timex which is based in Middlebury, Connecticut, US. Timex has a stronghold in the Indian market with budget-friendly smartwatches ranging from Rs 1,000 to ₹15,000. The Timex iConnect Active is one of the top models. The iConnect Active comes with a touchscreen display, which is the main feature that sets it apart, and the ability to change the watch faces and the 24/7 monitoring are cool features.
The brand Timex has been giving the market the impression of being classic and reliable with a timeless design and great performance, the main features that users see when using them to monitor their health. With brands like Adidas, Guess and Versace under its umbrella, Timex progresses to develop its partner-built reputation of innovation and mass appeal, thus maintaining its name, which merges 'Time' with 'Kleenex.'
Best-Selling Mod els:
Timex IConnect Calling+ | Rs 1,795 |
Timex IConnect Calling+ 2.01 | Rs 1,795 |
Timex iConnect Gen+ | Rs 2,473 |
Fire-Boltt is a smartwatch brand which is affordable and stylish at the same time was established by Arnav Kishore and Aayushi Kishore in the year 2015. Headquartered in New Delhi, Fire-Boltt is a brand that provides smartwatches which are priced between Rs 800 to 5,000. The brand offers a 1.39-inch AMOLED display, Bluetooth calling, and also an AI-based voice assistant, although its model is among the top ones appreciated for its full-touch display, SpO2 monitor, and sports modes.
Fire-Boltt smartwatches are appreciated for their stylish design, and the cheap price tag of the watches, which also often include IP67 water resistance and multiple sports modes. The company is oriented toward the audio and fitness accessory devices segment and it offers a striking combination of both speed (Bolt) and passion (Fire) as seen in its vibrant product line-up. Bolt is partnered with Amazon, Croma, Reliance Digital, etc for its product sales in addition to their website.
Epic Plus | Rs 899 |
Ninja 3 Plus | Rs 999 |
Ultimate | Rs 1,399 |
Expedition | Rs 1,899 |
Hammer , the tech start-up wearable brand that offers smartwatches at a very stylish range of products at a very affordable price, was established by young spiritual leader, Rohit Nandwani, in 2019 and soon drew attention for its chicness and pocket-friendly price tags. Situated in Haryana, Hammer watches have costs ranging from Rs 1,000 to 4,000. Its products include LCD and AMOLED displays, a 1.69-inch display, SpO2, heart rate monitoring, and sports mode options, Pulse ACE comes out on top, whereas the simplicity of Solo catches the consumer's eye along with its health tracking options.
This brand is centered on the creation of impressive and long-lasting devices that serve the purpose of fitness tracking and smart notifications. Their collaboration with the company Nykaa allows them to expand their production line.
ACE 3 | Rs 1,099 |
PULSE ACE | Rs 1,599 |
PULSE 2.0 | Rs 1,749 |
Fastrack , which is a sub-brand of Titan, is a fashion accessory retail brand designed to attract the energetic youthful market. Established in 1998, the company’s headquarters is located in New Delhi, and the first store was opened early in 2009. The company's smartwatches are priced between Rs 1,500 to Rs 7000. Fastrack has released several wristwatches over the years, some of them, for example, Fastrack Reflex Hello and Fastrack Reflex Beat are their popular models.
Fastrack's emphasis on the latest style, and durability, and the Reflex mobile app that can provide a thorough classification of physical activities and fitness are among the company's attributes. Jointly with Titan, Sonata, and Tanishq, Fastrack will not lose its shine with the new generation, who are the major clients themselves because the brand name is synonymous with speed and modernity. Fastrack entered the Affordable Smart Segment with the launch of Reflex Beat+ in 2023.
Fastrack Reflex Beat Plus | Rs 1,795 |
Fastrack Reflex Hello | Rs 1,999 |
Fastrack Reflex Play Plus | Rs 4,995 |
Pebble, a tech company that offers a diverse range of smartwatches is the most funded project of Kickstarter, funded around $10.3 million. Established in the year 2013 by Eric Migicovsky. Pebble has established its presence in the Indian market with smartwatches priced at Rs 1,000-6,000. The most sought-after ones are, however, the Pebble Revolve and Pebble Royal.
Pebble smartwatches are widely granted for their sleek design and nifty pricing, allowing basic functions such as IP68 water resistance and various sports modes. The name 'Pebble' stands for simplicity and timelessness, with a focus on the creation of products that combine visual beauty with practical features. Pebble is partnered with Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa and Croma for its sales.
Pebble Dare | Rs 1,499 |
Pebble Royal | Rs 3,999 |
Pebble Revolve | Rs 4,499 |
Redmi is one of the leaders in the smartwatch market thanks to its affordable and feature-rich products. It is part of the brand Xiaomi which was set up by Lei Jun in 2010. The brand is headquartered in Beijing, China. The Watch 3 Active and Watch 2 Lite models come with a 1.83-inch HD touchscreen display through which you can have a heart rate; it also offers over 110 fitness modes including 10 different water sports and can display information, such as OS.
The Redmi smartwatches exclusively draw their success thanks to their mega battery life, state-of-the-art displays, and in-depth health options. Oftentimes these academic activities are at affordable prices. Dedicated to healthier living and healthy physical and mental development, these gadgets are part of the well-being approach that Tech can offer. The Mi. Fit app has been integrated with it to get all-round features and great usability and convenience.
Redmi Watch 3 Active | Rs 2,599 |
Redmi Watch 2 Lite | Rs 1,799 |
Maxima is a well-established name in the Indian watch industry, having expanded into the smartwatch sector with offerings that blend tradition with modern technology. Maxima was launched under P.A. Time Industries, founded in 1962 by Mr. GS Purewal. In India, It is headquartered in Solan, Himachal Pradesh and provides smartwatches in the affordable price range of Rs 1,500 to 5,000. Known for its commitment to quality and affordability, Maxima has a strong market presence with bestselling models like the Maxima Max Pro Hype and the Maxima Max Pro Fire.
Maxima's smartwatches have a 1.83'' display with a tap advanced calling function. It uses an advanced JL7012 chipset and is enabled with features like AI voice assistant, inbuilt games, smart notifications and multiple cloud-based watch faces. Some of the models are also water resistant, include additional features like SPO2 and sleep monitoring, and are powered with the GloryFit app for user interaction. Maxima smartwatches are lauded for their user-friendly interface and reliability, appealing to consumers who seek a balance of technology and affordability. Maxima is partnered with Amazon, Ajio and Nykaa.
Max Pro Grand | Rs 1,599 |
Max Pro Fire | Rs 1,799 |
Max Pro Hype | Rs 1,999 |
At Indian Retailer, we understand how important it is to know about the brands before purchasing any technical stuff, you need to know everything about the brand and its technology. So for that, we prepare a list of the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands in India to help you make an informed decision.
1. What is SpO2 in a smartwatch?
The term blood oxygen level, represented as Sp02, refers to the amount of oxygen saturation in the blood.
3. Which shape is better for a smartwatch?
There are two popular designs of smartwatches: round-faced and square-faced. Round-faced watches sell better than square-faced watches, most probably because of psychological reasons.
4. What is the life of a smartwatch?
Most smartwatches can last for 2 to 5 years depending on several factors, including the brand, model, and how often it is used.
5. Which watch brand is most famous in India?
Titan, BoAt, Timex, Fasttrack, and Noise are the popular choices in Smartwatches.
Imagine unwrapping a gift so exquisite that it feels like a treasure trove of delights, each piece as precious as a jewel. Mars Wrigley India has just launched something that promises to redefine the way we think about gifting: GALAXY® Jewels. This isn’t just another box of chocolates — it's an experience, a statement, and a celebration all wrapped into one. From the moment you set eyes on its disruptive packaging to the last bite of its luxurious flavors, the newest entrant in the premier gifting market is designed to captivate and enchant.
The sleek, jewel-like design isn’t just about aesthetics; Mars Wrigley India has poured its legacy of over 20 years of global success into creating an offering that is as much about the visual and sensory pleasure as it is about taste. The box offers four individually wrapped flavors: Smooth Milk, Crispy, Caramel, and Dark Cream, and is available in two sizes — priced at Rs 299 and Rs 549.
“At Mars Wrigley, we believe in the power of creating iconic brands that become a part of people’s fondest memories. GALAXY® Jewels embodies this philosophy with its luxurious pralines in delectable flavors and elegant packaging, making it the perfect gift to celebrate special moments. We are focusing on the fast growing premium gifting segment and this will make Galaxy’s play in India more complete,” says Nikhil Rao, Chief Marketing Officer, Mars Wrigley India.
With its focus on the fast-growing premium gifting segment, Mars Wrigley India is strategically positioning GALAXY® Jewels in the top tier of the market. The company is targeting e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets, primarily in metros and Tier I cities. Rao explains, “Our focus right now is on the top end of India. We are going to participate in e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets. It will largely be metros and Tier I cities.”
Quick commerce is an essential part of Mars Wrigley’s strategy. According to Rao, quick commerce has been growing rapidly and significantly contributes to the business. He confirms that the newest launch would be listed on quick commerce platforms, ensuring that consumers can quickly and easily purchase this luxurious treat.
When it comes to market penetration, Mars Wrigley India is taking a measured approach. “We are largely a premium player compared to the Indian market and we are focused on metros, Tier I and Tier II. We do not go beyond that. We have not entered rural India yet,” Rao shares. The company employs a hub-and-spoke mechanism to reach Tier II towns indirectly, ensuring focused and strategic growth.
Mars Wrigley India is open to collaborations and brand extensions, although no specific plans are in place yet for GALAXY® Jewels. Rao mentions that while they have done successful collaborations globally, they were still exploring opportunities in India. “We would be keen to partner with the right brand, the right company,” he says.
Looking ahead to FY25, Mars Wrigley India plans to continue its sequential expansion. “India is such a massive market. The chocolate category reaches out to 50 lakh stores, and today we are present in 5 or 6 lakh stores. It is an inch-by-inch, step-by-step kind of process,” explains Rao. The company’s focus will remain on core brands like Snickers, Galaxy, and Boomer, with innovation contributing to 10 percent of growth.
In an era where digital and social media marketing are crucial, Mars Wrigley India is tailoring its strategies to engage Gen Z. Rao acknowledges the short attention span of this demographic and emphasizes the importance of digital and social media marketing. “The TV is more geared towards their parents, I guess. And the younger ones,” he concludes.
Haier India is blazing a trail in the consumer appliance market, redefining how traditional brands can evolve into modern, innovative hybrid retailers. NS Satish, President of Haier Appliances India, recently shared insights with IndianRetailer about the company’s transformation and its strategies to meet the dynamic demands of today’s consumers.
India’s consumer electronics market is on a rapid growth trajectory, driven by rising disposable incomes and technological advancements. In FY24 (April-January), electronics exports reached $22.64 billion, and India aims to achieve $300 billion in electronics manufacturing and $120 billion in exports by FY26. By 2025, India’s Consumer Electronics and Appliances Industry is projected to be the fifth-largest globally. The market, valued at $9.84 billion in 2021, is expected to nearly double to $21.18 billion by 2025.
NS Satish notes, "The growth in India’s consumer electronics market presents both immense opportunities and intense competition. As a key player, Haier India is committed to leading this evolution through innovation and customer-centric strategies."
Transitioning from a traditional appliance brand to an omnichannel retailer has been a complex journey. Haier India faced several challenges, particularly in a high-involvement category where repurchase cycles are long. Satish explains, "We are in a high involvement category. The average life of a repurchase has dropped from 10 years to 6 or 7. This means consumers are more engaged and discerning."
One major shift for Haier was reducing the traditional product introduction cycle. "We moved from a traditional marketing focus to a digital-first strategy. This summer, we were print-free. Not a single newspaper ad was released," says Satish. This bold move reflects Haier's commitment to staying ahead of the curve.
Haier’s commitment to innovation is evident in their product designs. For instance, their bottom-mounted refrigerator has been a game-changer. Satish elaborates, "We redesigned our refrigerators with the freezer at the bottom. This user-centric innovation has allowed us to capture 75 percent of the market in this segment."
In today’s competitive market, data analytics is crucial. Satish shares, "We combine data analytics with ground reports to make informed decisions. Experience alone is no longer sufficient; the market is evolving too quickly."
A notable example is Haier’s campaign for refrigerators. "We saw that the highest number of clicks was coming from Bihar. This insight led us to adjust our strategy and implement geo-fencing to better target our audience," Satish explains.
Haier India has tailored its marketing strategies based on household decision-makers. "In our market, different products are decided by different family members. Understanding these dynamics helps us tailor our strategies effectively," Satish says. This approach allows Haier to connect with various consumer segments more effectively.
Haier’s omnichannel approach balances online and offline experiences. Satish emphasizes, "Price parity between offline and online channels is crucial. If there’s a discrepancy, it leads to dissatisfaction. We need to ensure a seamless experience across all touchpoints."
Dynamic pricing is another challenge. "Consumers are highly sensitive to price differences. They are willing to travel to save even a small amount. We have to manage this sensitivity carefully," Satish explains.
The shift towards online shopping for high-value items was surprising for Haier. "When we first ventured into e-commerce, we didn’t anticipate high-value items like side-by-side refrigerators selling online. Today, we sell over 2,000 of these refrigerators online every month. This shift highlights the importance of adapting to consumer preferences," Satish reveals.
For brands aiming to thrive in an omnichannel environment, Satish offers valuable advice, "Understand the changing decision-making processes of consumers. They expect everything to happen instantly and online. Maintaining price parity and providing a seamless pre-sale and post-sale experience are crucial."
Under the leadership of NS Satish, Haier has not only adapted to market changes but has actively driven them. As Haier continues to grow, its commitment to digital transformation and customer-centric strategies will remain central to its success in the competitive Indian market.
Want to know about the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India? The formal men's wear industry has taken a steep curve over a period of time in the Indian fashion market. Formal attire serves as the perfect option in case of a professional occasion, a wedding, or a casual meet as well, making you stand outside the crowd. There has been an evolution of formal men's wear from designing to using technology in the fabrics. To answer the question, here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India.
Here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands that every retailer should consider stocking:
Raymond Ltd was established in 1925 in Thane, Maharashtra as a woollen mill. Raymond Group has over 60 percent market share in the fabric industry in India. It was founded by Albert Raymond and Abraha[node:title] - Indian Retailerm Jacob Raymond and later passed on to Lala Kailashpat Singhania in 1944. Today Gautam Singhania is the Chairman and the Managing Director of Raymond Ltd.
Aparshakti Khurrana and Aakriti Ahuja are the brand ambassadors of the apparel brand. Presenting a huge catalogue of formal men's wear in India. Raymond has various associated brands- Raymond Fine Fabrics, Raymond Ready to Wear, Park Avenue, Parx and Colorplus serving all types of styling in formal men's wear. It has a presence in over 1000 outposts within 600 towns and cities in India.
Rare Rabbit, owned by Manish Poddar, saw a gap in the Indian apparel market for men's fashion. Hence, he started a flagship store of Rare Rabbit in Bengaluru along with an e-commerce website in 2015. The parent company of Rare Rabbit is Radhamani Textiles, owned by the Poddar family.
It has over 135 physical stores in India across Tier II and II cities. The House of Rare Rabbit has an associated premium women's wear brand named Rareism and another brand named Articale. It has an omnichannel presence as well.
Marks & Spencer is a British retail company formed in 1884, earlier called as Marks and Sparks. It was founded in London by Michael Marks and Thomas Spencer. It deals in the retailing industry with 434 stores globally (Source: Wikipedia). Along with an e-commerce platform, it has its own 39 websites worldwide.
This public listed company has collaborated with reality stars- Mark Wright and Spencer Mathews. The partnership launched its A-list star Sienna Millers clothing range. Marks & Spencer has also shaken hands with Vick Hope, an influencer on social media platforms, to reach its customers.
Van Heusen is a premium formal men's wear brand known for fashion for professionals. It was developed by Moses Philip and his son Isaac. Founded in 1881 in Pennsylvania, it is a premium formal men's wear brand in India. Father and son duo sold hand-sewn shirts to coal miners, made by Phillip’s wife Endel. Time passed and the company expanded its operation to New York City. In New York, the encounter happened between Van Heusen and Phillip and an alliance was formed named Phillip Van Heusen.
It has more than 300 stores. These standalone outlets are present across 70 counties and 5 continents, providing billions to its retail sales. Van Heusen has been working on sustainability measures in collaboration with various brands like Forest Stewardship, SmartWay, Textile Exchange and more. It entered the Indian market in 1990 when Aditya Birla Group gained a license of operation for the company. India has 97 retail stores along with an e-commerce presence of Van Heusen.
Louis Philippe is a leading brand in the formal wear segment for men in India. Founded in 1989, named after the king of France, is a part of Aditya Birla Group, a multi-industry corporation. It is a subsidiary of Madura Fashion and Lifestyle that is a benchmark for premium formal men's wear.
It has 300 plus stores across 100 cities in India. Along with that, it has its e-commerce website globally and flagship stores, exclusive brand outlets, Planet Fashion, trouser town, departmental stores and multi-brand outlets.
Peter England, a top-rated formal men's wear brand in India, started its journey in 1889 in Ireland. It provided attires in the Boer War, later owned by Coats Viyella, a British company. Its presence in the Indian market was obtained by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle, a subsidiary of the Aditya Birla Group in 2000. Now Peter England is in an alliance between Aditya Birla Group and M2C2 group.
Peter England is present in more than 1000 exclusive stores, and 3500 multi-brand outlets within 800 towns in India. It is operated from an e-commerce platform as well. ABFRL has a portfolio of leading clothing brands in India- Peter England, Allen Solly, Louis Philippe and more.
Park Avenue is owned by Raymond Group in India. It is known as the exclusive formal men's wear brand in India. This fashion brand was born in 1986, creating a space in men's wardrobes. It is a premium apparel brand with a presence all across India. Park Avenue is available in 8 cities with 12 exclusive stores in India. It is expanded through multi-brand outlets and under Raymond which has chains of flagship stores across 150 cities in the country. The clothing brand had collaborated with actor Siddhant Chaturvedi for Park Avenues Deo for men.
Allen Solly was founded by William Holin and Company Limited, and made an entrance into the Indian market in 1993. Today, the formal men's wear brand is a division of Aditya Birla Group. The brand is present in 200 outlets in India, including retail stores in malls. It also has brick-and-mortar stores, EBOs (Exclusive brand outlets) and an e-commerce presence. Indrani Dasgupta has collaborated with Allen Solly as the brand ambassador. Sooraj Bhat is the CEO of the company and serves in the retail segment for Allen Solly.
United Colors of Benetton was launched in 1965. The journey of the formal men's wear brand started in Ponzano Veneto, Italy. It is solely owned by the Benetton Group which has about 5000 stores globally. It has an afflicted brand called as Sisley that is making apparel in urban lifestyle.
The brand made an entrance into the Indian market in 2011, with a 20-year expansion plan in mind. It had 400 stores in 100 cities in the country in the early stages. The fashion retail brand has 6,000 stores in 120 countries globally.
Jack and Jones is a brand founded in Denmark in 1990. It started with just jeanswear in the initial stage of its retailing parented by the Bestseller Foundation. Today, it is the best-selling formal men's wear brand in India owned by Anders Holch Povlsen. It has 1000 stores in 38 countries worldwide. Jack and Jones have five associated brands - Jack and Jones Vintage Clothing, Premium by Jack and Jones, Originals by Jack and Jones and Core by Jack and Jones. It is operated in India through 69 EBOs and 221 shop-in-shop stores. Actor Ranveer Singh has joined forces with Jack and Jones to unveil different collections.
In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these brands top the list of best formal men's wear brands in India. Each brand has something exclusive to look out for. These top 10 formal men's wear brands cater to all the needs of their audience by using technology and sustainability methods in their apparel business. Formal wear is a fit suitable for any occasion and these brands are there to give options to a wide range of customers.
What are the 3 best formal men's wear brands in India?
The 3 best formal men's wear brands are Raymond, Rare Rabbit and Marks and Spencer.
Which brand offers customisation in the list?
Raymond and Louis Philippe are the brands offering customisation for formal men's wear.
Is formal wear suitable for casual events?
Yes, formal menswear enhances the appearance of casual or formal events.
Which Indian brand is known for having colors in its stores?
United Colors of Benetton is known for having creative and attractive visual merchandising.
Related Articles:
Earlier in News:
Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has recently represented the first budget of PM Modi government’s third term in parliament. A range of economic measures and policy changes were also introduced aiming at stimulating growth and addressing various sectoral challenges. Sitharaman highlighted Modi 3.0’s roadmap aiming to transform India into ‘Viksit Bharat’ by 2047.
In the budget session, the Finance Minister reduced custom duties on gold and silver jewelry to 6 percent, and platinum to 6.4 percent. The following move will lead to increasing demands. The jewelry market which is a significant segment of India’s retail industry is poised to experience notable shifts due to the new budgetary provisions. The decision to reduce the basic customs duty on the jewelry market has always been a long pending demand in the jewels and gems industry.
" The decision to reduce customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent, and on platinum to 6.4 percent, is a welcome move that will have a positive impact on the precious metals market. This reduction will make gold, silver, and platinum more accessible to consumers and investors, stimulating demand and enhancing market liquidity. We believe this policy change will encourage the growth of the jewelry and bullion industry, fostering economic development and creating new opportunities. This budget reflects a strategic approach to strengthening the sector and supporting its long-term sustainability ,” stated Aksha Kamboj, Executive Chairperson, Aspect Global Ventures and VP, India Bullion Jewellers Association (IBJA).
According to the experts, this reduction in the customs duty on the jewelry will lower the prices of gold, silver, and platinum jewelry. The support initiated for Micro, Medium, and Small Enterprises (MSMEs) will also aid many of the nation’s jewelers. Also, in the long run, this could potentially widen the trade deficit and there are chances that it further weaken the rupees.
MP Ahammed, Chairman, Malabar Group commented, “ The reduction in import duty on gold has been a long-standing demand for gold retailers, and we are extremely grateful to the Union Finance Minister for addressing this issue in today’s Union Budget by reducing the duty from 15 percent (including cess) to 6 percent. This move not only relieves consumers who have eagerly awaited this announcement but is also expected to boost gold demand in the country and create jobs for artisans. High import duty often leads to increased smuggling of gold through illegal routes, which hampers the growth of the organized retail gold trade and results in revenue losses for the government. It is expected that the duty reduction will drastically cut down gold smuggling, thereby curbing illegal trade and enhancing tax revenues. This reduction benefits organized retail jewelers, consumers, and the government, making it a positive development for all parties involved. ”
Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder, Jewelbox also stated , “ The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers. Additionally, the abolition of the angel tax is a laudable initiative that will invigorate India’s startup ecosystem. This change is poised to spur innovation, attract global investors, and provide a substantial boost to startups. We are confident that these measures will significantly contribute to the growth and dynamism of both the jewelry sector and the broader startup community in India .”
The increasing demand for gold from India could boost global prices, which is estimated to reach a record high earlier this year. This could also possibly result in growth in India's trade deficit and will put additional pressure on the struggling rupee. The Finance Minister also announced the reduction in the cost of production of other metals like steel and copper.
concerning the near future, the provisions introduced in the budget are expected to contribute to the overall development of the jewelry industry. Also, the focus on supporting SMEs and artisans is also expected to strengthen the sector's foundation and will promote a more inclusive market ecosystem. This will benefit local jewelers and artisans and will enable them to scale their operations and adopt modern practices while preserving traditional craftsmanship.
Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers said , “ We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth. The new tax regime, with its focus on increased disposable income, will boost demand for jewelry as consumers will invest in asset creation. Kalyan Jewellers looks forward to leveraging these positive changes to further enhance the quality and global competitiveness of the organized Indian jewelry sector, contributing to the industry's growth and India's continued economic prosperity ."
Vipul Shah, Chairman, GJEPC also expressed , “ The Union Budget 2024 is a game-changer for the gems and jewellery sector. The reduction in import duties on gold and silver to 6% and platinum to 6.4 percent is a major boost for our industry, enhancing affordability for consumers and competitiveness for the manufacturing sector by releasing working capital. The abolition of the 2 percent Equalization Levy and introduction of the Safe Harbour Rule on the sale of rough diamonds at SNZs will firmly establish India as a global rough diamond trading hub. These combined measures will propel the sector’s growth, and generate lakhs of employment opportunities by benefitting the small-scale jewellery manufacturers & exporters and diamond cutters and polishers, thus contributing significantly to India’s vision of becoming a Viksit Bharat by 2047 .”
The Union Budget 2024 represented by Sitharaman will have a mixed but largely favorable impact on the Indian jewelry market. The planned reductions in customs duties will set a positive trajectory for the industry's growth. However, the market will need to navigate potential challenges and leverage the opportunities presented by these changes to achieve sustainable and long-term success. Overall, the trends in both gold and silver markets highlight a resilient landscape, offering strategic opportunities for informed investors.
The Union Budget 2024 announced by India’s Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has introduced a series of measures poised to energize the mobile industry. By slashing the basic customs duty on critical mobile components, the budget not only supports local manufacturing but also aims to make cutting-edge technology more accessible to consumers across the country.
‘Viksit Bharat’ is a forward-thinking approach to job creation, skill enhancement, and MSME support. Sitharaman also mentioned that duties on ‘oxygen-free copper for manufacture of resistors’, hitherto set at 5 percent, would be eliminated.
The "Make in India" campaign, which aims to stimulate local manufacturing and cut production costs for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), is expected to benefit greatly from Sitharaman's declaration. This decrease in import taxes follows comparable tax breaks on essential parts like lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses from the previous year, which similarly sought to increase domestic manufacture of electric cars and cellphones.
In a bid to foster a more robust domestic mobile industry, the Union Budget has announced a significant reduction in customs duties. The budget reduces customs duties on essential mobile phone components, including camera lenses, display assemblies, and battery packs, from 20 percent to 15 percent. This initiative is to take place to promote Indian smartphone brands in the competitive market.
The reduction in import taxes follows last year’s similar tax breaks on lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses, which were aimed at promoting the domestic manufacture of electric cars and smartphones. Sitharaman's current initiative continues this trend, emphasizing the government's commitment to supporting the ‘Make in India’ campaign.
The production cost of mobile phone manufacturers like Samsung, Xiaomi, and Apple, is expected to lower in manufacturing operations who are trying to expand in India for the reduction in the customs duty. This step will directly impact the retail prices of making smartphones and other accessories super affordable. The leading industry welcomes these changes in the hope of change, that global brands will increase their investment in India and the local supply chain.
Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, of Noise said, “youth and participation of women in the workforce hold the key to India’s success. To this end, the focus on extensive training and skill development initiatives demonstrates a clear commitment to boosting employability and productivity. By linking job creation in manufacturing to first-time workers and offering EPFO incentives, the government is paving the way for a robust manufacturing ecosystem, creating 4 crore jobs over the next five years.”
“It is certainly a commendable initiative to boost local manufacturing. India has long been an attractive consumer market for international brands, supported by our collaborative and business-friendly policies that enable seamless operations. The export hubs are an efficient step in unlocking similar avenues for homegrown companies, allowing a global stage for their innovation and entrepreneurial mindset, and strengthening India’s position in manufacturing,” added Khatri .
The budget emphasizes enhancing India’s technological capabilities, aiming to transform the country into a global hub for electronics manufacturing. By reducing the cost of key components, the government seeks to support innovation and sustainability in the mobile phone sector. The approach is expected to foster increased research and development in India, potentially leading to new advancements in mobile technology and a stronger presence in the global market.
On a similar note, Avneet Singh Marwah, CEO of SPPL, added, “The budget allocates Rs 3,000 crore for the development of semiconductor and display manufacturing, more than doubling the previous allocation. Additionally, the allocation of 3 crore more houses under the PM Aawas Yojana is expected to boost demand for entry-level large consumer durables. The government also promotes ease of doing business in the manufacturing sector. New and additional employment incentives across sectors will encourage workforce growth and bolster the Make in India initiative, complementing existing PLI schemes. Despite these progressive steps, the industry anticipated more aggressive measures to increase disposable income to further stimulate consumer spending.”
However, the production Linked Incentive (PLI) seems limited focus, and can create gaps in its effectiveness. A substantial Rs 2 lakh crore is allocated for skilling programs to equip the workforce with essential skills for a competitive global market.
According to Sitharaman's statement, mobile phone chargers are expected to become cheaper with the reduction of customs duties. This move is expected to drive the overall cost of mobile phones in India. This decision aligns with the government's broader goal of increasing the affordability and accessibility of digital technology, thereby empowering more citizens to participate in the digital economy.
Pawan Kumar, CEO, of Elista said, "We commend the government's proactive measures in the Union Budget 2024, particularly the introduction of the credit guarantee schemes for MSMEs in manufacturing. This initiative, facilitating term loans for the purchase of machinery and equipment without the need for collateral, is a significant step forward in the manufacturing sector. The guarantee fund providing guarantees of up to Rs 100 crore will undoubtedly bolster the manufacturing industry, fostering growth and innovation. The decision will help reduce production costs, making high-quality consumer electronics more affordable and accessible to the Indian market."
Elista sees these changes as opportunities to leverage growth and meet the evolving demands of consumers. This step will help the manufacturer to implement great technology in their electronic sector to enhance the production capabilities and product quality, which will benefit the consumer getting the advanced machines from the domestic manufacturer.
Kumar further added, “The government's focus on youth development, with five dedicated schemes and a central outlay of Rs 2 lakh crore over the next five years, is also highly praiseworthy. Investing in the skills and potential of 4.1 crore youth will drive our nation’s future economic growth and stability. We look forward to leveraging these initiatives to further enhance our operations, contribute to the local economy, and support the broader national objectives.”
With the approach of ‘Viksit Bharat’, India is strengthening its position in the global tech manufacturing sector, and the government's commitment towards technological growth and economic development.
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget for 2024-25 in Parliament today, marking the first budget of Prime Minister Narendra Modi's third term. This budget unveiled significant advancements for the retail, start-up, and e-commerce sectors . Here are the top highlights for the retail and e-commerce sectors from the Union Budget 2024-25 .
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman announced a cut in customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent. Additionally, the finance minister further informed the customs duty slash on platinum to 6.4 percent.
Welcoming this announcement, Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark said, “The Gems and Jewelry sector has made significant contributions to India’s GDP, and we appreciate the announcements made in the Union Budget for this sector. The proposed reduction in customs duties to 6 percent on gold and silver, and 6.5 percent on platinum, will enhance sales by making these precious metals more affordable. The implementation of safe harbor rates for the diamond-cutting industry, for foreign mining companies selling rough diamonds in India, will stimulate growth, boost consumer spending, and increase global competitiveness.”
Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder at Jewelbox added, “The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers.”
“This reduction is a significant move that will not only make these precious metals more affordable for consumers but also provide a great boost to the jewelry industry. Lower customs duties mean reduced costs for raw materials, enabling jewelers to offer more competitive prices and innovative designs to our customers,” stated Piyush Gupta, Director at PP Jewellers by Pawan Gupta.
Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers added, "We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth.
Nirmala Sitharaman proposed to reduce the basic customs duty (BCD) rates on imported mobile phones, mobile printed circuit board assembly (PCBA), and mobile chargers to 15 percent from 20 percent. Presenting the budget in the Lok Sabha, Sitharaman said, “With a three-fold increase in domestic production and almost 100-fold jump in exports of mobile phones over the last six years, the Indian mobile phone industry has matured.”
ND Mali, Founder, KDM stated, “The budget will steer India towards a Viksit Bharat by 2047 through a slew of measures that boost consumption. Tax reduction of up to 15 percent on mobile phones, mobile PCBs, and chargers is expected to boost domestic manufacturing and benefit customers.”
India is set to establish dedicated e-commerce export hubs to boost online trade. The government aims to create a streamlined regulatory and logistics environment to support the growing e-commerce sector. These hubs are expected to offer a range of services, including export clearances, warehousing, customs clearance, returns processing, and product handling.
Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise said, “The establishment of e-commerce export hubs in a PPP model is another significant step taken by the government and will significantly empower MSMEs and traditional artisans to compete internationally. It will open opportunities for Indian players to boost their reach globally while enhancing the ease of doing business and accessing new markets.”
Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail sector Leader, Deloitte India asserted, “Focus on e-commerce hubs through PPP mode is a creative intervention to help MSMEs in this sector derive benefits of a cluster approach such as access to cheaper finance and export markets. The approach will also help organize supply in sectors such as footwear, apparel, jewelry, and other categories where there is heavy dependence on skilled artisans and weavers.”
Nitya Sharma, Founder and CEO, Simpl noted, “The proposed development of e-commerce export and industrial hubs will enable our sellers to cater to a global market while support to MSMEs and promoting entrepreneurship through policy interventions will further propel opportunities for sellers including Direct-to-Consumer brands.”
The Centre’s focus on pumping in higher allocations for rural development, agriculture, and allied services and schemes for employment and skilling of youth is expected to boost both rural and urban consumption of consumer products. At the same time, the construction of an additional one crore homes under PMAY Urban 2.0 with an outlay of Rs 10 lakh crore will also boost the purchase of consumer durable products.
Sitharaman also proposed to abolish the Angel Tax. She said the Indian startup ecosystem is buzzing with innovation and ambition, but Angel Tax often sparks debate. “To bolster the Indian start-up eco-system, boost the entrepreneurial spirit, and support innovation, I propose to abolish the so-called angel tax for all classes of investors,” the finance minister said.
M Ramakrishnan, Managing Director at Primus Partners noted, “It is such a relief that Angel Tax is finally scrapped. This has been a much-sought-demand from the start-up ecosystem - both Founders and the Investors.”
Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise explained, “I feel the abolition of the angel tax will undoubtedly boost funding in the startup ecosystem, fueling innovation and growth. This move, along with incentives for job creation in the manufacturing sector and support for MSMEs, will not only stimulate valuable employment opportunities for millions of young people but also ensure economic resilience, laying a strong foundation for a powerful growth trajectory for India.”
Gaurav Manchanda, the Founder & MD, The Organic World highlighted, “As an entrepreneur, I am also extremely pleased with the abolition of the angel tax for startups. It will not only encourage resilience in entrepreneurship but also strengthen the startup ecosystem, fostering innovation across India.”
Kunal Bahl, Chairman, CII National Start-up Council and Co-Founder, Titan Capital & Snapdeal added, “Budget 2024 brings cheer to India’s fast-growing start-up ecosystem. The abolition of angel tax removes friction and ambiguity in the fundraising process by start-ups. Reducing TDS to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will free up working capital.”
She unveiled a proposal to reduce the corporate tax rate on foreign companies from the current 40 percent to 35 percent, aiming to boost foreign investment. This strategic decision is expected to enhance the attractiveness of the country as a global investment destination and stimulate economic growth.
Manoj Purohit, Partner & Leader, Financial Services Tax, Tax & Regulatory Services, BDO India said, “The FM has proposed a reduction in tax rates for foreign companies operating in India from 40 percent to 35 percent. This has been a much-awaited change for reinsurance companies operating through a branch office in India since 2017. The proposed change may not provide a level-playing field to the reinsurance branches with the domestic insurance companies (which continue to be taxed at a much lower rate) but will surely pave the path towards rationalizing the tax rates for foreign companies operating in India.”
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has proposed to reduce the TDS rate on e-commerce operators from the existing 1 percent to 0.1 percent.
“The reduction of TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will substantially support the industry's expansion. These new measures will not only strengthen the valued investment of Indian households in diamonds but also add to their emotional significance,” said Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark.
Dr. Somdutta Singh, First-Generation Serial Entrepreneur, Founder & CEO Assiduus, Investor & Ex-Member Niti Aayog explained, “The reduction in TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators, is a significant relief for sellers. This change will enhance their working capital flow, allowing them to reinvest in their businesses more swiftly. By reducing the tax burden, sellers can maintain better liquidity and manage their cash flows more effectively. This move will particularly benefit SMEs that rely heavily on timely access to funds for day-to-day operations.”
Giving an export fillip to the leather and textile sectors, the budget proposed to reduce BCD on real down filling material from duck or goose and added to the list of exempted goods for manufacturing leather and textile garments, footwear, and other leather articles for export.
“To rectify inversion in duty, I propose to reduce BCD, subject to conditions, on methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI) for the manufacture of spandex yarn from 7.5 percent to 5 percent,” the FM said.
Did you know the fact that Oxford shoes are the standard style of shoe to wear with any suit, which are mostly made of leather and sometimes the entire shoe is made of leather including the outers, lining and sole but for more durability at the expense of elegance, many shoes are made with rubber soles. But now people are not buying shoes for fashion but they want comfort as well. And obviously, comfort brings confidence, right?
In everyday life, many working professionals wear formal shoes and for them, it is important to stay comfortable for long working days. So let’s find out the top formal shoe brands for men which will help you to stay comfortable all day long and also find out why they are the top choice in the Indian market value of $26.06 billion.
Here are the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to stay comfortable and stylish all day long. Let’s find your style now. Happy Reading!
Clarks is a footwear giant that was started in 1825 by Cyrus Clark and James Clark in the village of Street, Somerset. The shoes of this brand are popular among the best formal shoe brands all over the world with a market evaluation of about $254.39 million. The majority of the stakes of the brand are currently owned by Viva Goods, Hong Kong. Clark is a company that is famous for its formal shoes and its commitment to comfort, innovation, and heritage, it also excels in the sphere of sophisticated marketing strategy which includes hefty discounts on their official website.
In addition to formal shoes, the product lineup covers models like the Clarks Desert Boot and Clarks Wallabee and is priced between Rs 2000 and Rs 20,000. Their stores are located in 65 countries across the globe in over 1,400 stores. Since 2010, the company has begun to trade in India where it now has 25 standalone stores. They are supplied with more than 22000 Clark’s styles and shoes that sparked a revolution, defined a generation and captured the evolution. They are the companies that work with such brands as Clarks Originals and Clarks Cloud steppers.
Related Article: Top 10 Shoe Brands in India: 2024's Top Picks
ALDO is a footwear brand also famous for men's formal shoes was established in 1972 in Montreal by the Aldo Group. The brand was launched and associated with the fashion company Le Château. The multinational brand has 3000 stores across 100 countries worldwide. ALDO has a revenue of $1.69 million and has divisions in ALDO, Call it Spring and GLOBO.
ALDO wants to use powerful keywords to target the right public and they have built a good reputation concerning users of the website which is one of the main features of their marketing. The company is associated with JCPenney and Kohl to spread its exclusive footwear and other products like handbags and accessories.
Check More: How Footwear Brand Cheré is Planning to Double its Reach by Year-End
Bruno Magli is one of the most respected names in the luxury footwear market and is best for men's formal shoes was established by the Magli siblings in 1936. Its headquarters are based in Bologna, Italy, where the shoes of Bruno Magli are esteemed for using the best quality leather and making them from the hand of the master craftsmen. Their products cover formal and casual shoes, which are known for their timeless and sophisticated designs.
The main motto of their marketing plan is to heavily rely on such assets as Italian heritage and elegance, using the high-end fashion magazine, and the digital campaign. The brand's commitment to both the quality and style of Bruno Magli Moccasins and Monk Straps has made them the most popular among users. The brand was acquired in 2015 by Marquee Brands, a holding company that owns several brands in fashion and home cooking.
Carlton London is a fashion brand known for its footwear, was established in 1992 in the East end of London. The brand is popular in the Indian market for the best formal shoe brands for men in India by launching products of British sophistication with a price range between Rs 2,500 and Rs 10,000. They develop products with a distinct line of fashion-forward styles, keeping the focus on quality and comfort. Among the brand’s promotional techniques are more expensive fashion events and social media campaigns that target young urban professionals. Its headquarters in London, UK, are inclusive of the first stuff that is noticeable yet it is also prominent in the largest Indian retail stores.
As far as the Indian consumer is concerned Carlton London provides the rare combination of being trendy at the same time it is conscious of their longing for fashion. In addition to both men’s and women’s footwear, Carlton is also famous for its handbags and accessories.
Pedro is part of the Charles & Keith Group which was founded by Charles Wong and Keith Wong in the year of 1996, Under which they launched their male segment on Pedro which was founded in the year 2005 and headquartered in Singapore. The brand is best known for its fashionable men's formal footwear which is priced between Rs 3,000 and Rs 15,000 and they are the fastest in the latest fashion and digital marketing. Charles & Keith has over 700 and for its brand Pedro which has the male collection they have 107 stores worldwide across 37 countries that can suggest what will be the next popular styles and the most accessible luxury. The brand is associated with L Capital Asia LLC, a private equity firm. Charles & Keith has partnered with international organizations such as UN Women, Dress for Success, The Asia Foundation, Save the Children, UNICEF, Red Cross, WWF, and Plastic Bank.
Dune, a british shoe manufacturer who dreams of creating affordable luxury is famous for men's formal shoes for their stylish look and comfort was founded by Daniel Rubin in 1992, and is a dazzling shoemaker who started with a small concession store in Oxford Street, London, UK. The first standalone store was launched in 1993. The company makes luxury and middle-market shoes at a price that ranges from Rs 4000 to Rs 20000 and sells them in 350 stores worldwide. The company claims that a pair of shoes undergoes more than 120 processes which make them out-of-the-box.
Dune uses its retail network and online communications to reach its high-end and fashion-savvy customers. The name Dune embodies the purity and aesthetics of the sand dunes, as well as the perfect nature of their star models, like Dune London Sandals. Dune has won the Drapers Multiple Footwear Retailer for five years and has collaborations with fashion designers Rupert Sanderson and Kit Neale.
Rosso Brunello is a chic footwear brand considered the best formal shoe brand for men in India was founded by Sahil Malik in 2010 (in association with Da Milano) is provides shoes under Rs 3,000 to Rs 12,000. The brand is known for its stylish and fashion-forward styles for both men and women. Despite the scarcity of authentic documentation about the initial stages of the brand, the association between the brand and the wine Brunello communicates Italian charm and elegance.
Rosso Brunello, which is favored for its mastery of art and a limited edition, is a premium retail outlet that combines them. The evergreen models such as the Rosso Brunello Leather Boots show the brand’s perfect way of balancing elegance and comfort, so it’s the must-have item for those who love to wear spirited footwear that is very elegant. The brand has grown to 23 Exclusive stores and 52 points of sale in India, the Middle East and Asia.
Red Tape is a well-known Indian footwear brand which is famous for its formal shoes for men was established in 1996 by Mirza International, Red Tape offers a wide range of casual, formal, and sports shoes priced between Rs 2,000 and Rs 10,000. The brand’s marketing strategy includes celebrity endorsements and focuses on affordability and quality.
Red Tape’s name represents a mark of distinction, and its high-quality leather shoes are known for durability and comfort. With over 390 opulent stores in India and presented in 17 countries associated with brands like Bond Street and MODE, Red Tape has become a trusted name in the Indian footwear industry.
Lee Cooper is one of the most iconic footwear brands of the fashion group named Iconix Brand Group which was founded by Morris Cooper back in 1908 The brand is known for best formal shoe brand for men. It is headquartered in Shoreditch, East End London, UK . Originally, a developer of denim, Lee Cooper's shoes that are sold in casual and formal manner feature both toughness and elegance (ruggedness with style), the price range of which is Rs 2,000-Rs 8,000. The brand's promotion is mainly based on its tradition and the importance of the product's quality and durability. Operating from London, UK, and distributing in a good number of retail stores, Lee Cooper's iconic goods like Lee Cooper Boots are another example of the brand's ability to combine fashion and ease. The brand, through its nomenclature, has managed to remain authentic and innovative in its craft, thus carrying a mark of trust for the endowments and the company's culture.
Hush Puppies is a footwear brand which is known for best men's formal shoe brand that was established in 1958 by Wolverine Worldwide. The brand is headquartered in Rockford, Michigan. Hush Puppies has, over the years, blended comfort with casual style, marketing their tees and leisure wear in a way that is lively, revels in their nostalgic style, and sets them apart from others. As the first brand of Wolverine Worldwide, it designs so much that it offers all types of formal and casual shoes priced from Rs 3,000 to Rs 15,000.
Hush Puppies is a comfort footwear enterprise famous for its products Bounce and ZeroG product lines assemble them through multi-brand channels and other retail companies. Hush Puppies is recognized globally by its logo of a dog and has become a solution for sore feet, aka, ‘barking dogs’.
At Indian Retailer, we bring to you the top world-renowned brands that are widely available in India to cater to the need for men’s formal shoes. Here we give you a complete guide of the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to understand and carry your fashion and comfort at the same time. In this article, you find out about this brand's history, its story and its retail price in India to make an informed decision.
1. Which type of shoes are best for formal wear?
Classic Oxfords are always recommended for such ensembles for a sleek & formal appeal.
2. What are the formal shoe options for men?
Men's formal shoes are no longer just plain patent leather. Today, loafers, boots, and oxfords can all be used as formal shoes for men.
3. Which formal shoe material is best?
Leather is a high-quality material that has long been used to create long-lasting and fashionable shoes.
4. How long should formal shoes last?
Leather shoes or dress shoes last for every 6 to 12 months, depending on their quality and walking frequency which wears out the soles. Good maintenance can stretch their lifespan.
5. What is the most expensive pair of shoes?
Moonstar Shoes by Antonio Vietri is priced at around $19.9 Million.
The Indian government has set an ambitious target to boost e-commerce exports to $200-300 billion as part of its broader $1 trillion merchandise export goal by FY 2030. This requires a significant transformation, necessitating a 50-60-fold increase from the current levels.
As per the latest EY-ASSOCHAM report titled "Enabling e-commerce exports from India," achieving this target demands addressing key barriers, including complex customs procedures, payment repatriation challenges, and restrictive policies. The report provides a comprehensive roadmap for policy changes required in payments, customs, and logistics to help MSMEs access export markets and achieve this ambitious goal.
Currently, India's e-commerce exports for FY2023 are estimated to range between $4 to $5 billion, accounting for approximately 0.9 percent to 1.1 percent of India’s total merchandise exports. Despite this modest share, the potential for growth is enormous, especially for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs), which form the backbone of the Indian economy. The EY-ASSOCHAM report underscores the need for more flexible policies and streamlined processes to unlock this potential.
One of the primary areas for improvement is the customs and regulatory framework. The report highlights the need to simplify customs procedures to make them more conducive for e-commerce exporters. Increasing the courier consignment limit to $50,000 is a critical recommendation. This change would allow exporters to send larger shipments with fewer constraints, facilitating smoother trade operations. Furthermore, creating separate customs supervision codes for cross-border e-commerce trade can expedite the clearance process. These codes would enable efficient data collection and streamline customs procedures, significantly reducing delays.
Another crucial recommendation is to expedite the customs clearance process for courier shipments. This can be achieved by implementing functionalities in the CSB-V system and collaborating with e-commerce marketplaces for verification. Clear guidelines for re-import transactions, including duty-free re-import of consignments up to $600, would further simplify the process for exporters handling returns. For consignments above this threshold, formulating Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to recognize returns as re-imports of returned goods is essential.
Payment reconciliation remains a significant hurdle for e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The report suggests several measures to ease this burden. Reducing the cost of payment reconciliation by tying fees to a percentage of consignment value can alleviate financial pressure on small-scale exporters. Moreover, extending payment realization and repatriation periods up to 18 months, in alignment with global practices, would provide exporters with greater financial flexibility. Removing the 25 percent variation clause on realized payments and enabling periodic shipping bill reconciliation would also enhance financial predictability and stability for exporters.
To foster a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, the report calls for various policy interventions. Extending export promotion incentives under the Courier Import and Export Regulations, 2010, to e-commerce exporters can stimulate growth. These incentives would encourage more MSMEs to engage in cross-border trade. Additionally, establishing e-commerce export hubs (ECEHs) with integrated training centers is crucial. Expanding the scope of ECEHs by providing customs support, training facilities, and logistical infrastructure near air cargo terminals can significantly enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of e-commerce exports. Stationing customs officials within these hubs would facilitate faster clearance and reduce bottlenecks.
Another significant recommendation is to add explicit provisions in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policies to allow FDI-funded e-commerce entities to hold inventory for sale in international marketplaces. This change can enable global sales of Indian MSME products, broadening their market reach. Establishing regulatory testing sandboxes for e-commerce exports is also suggested to foster innovation and compliance testing, allowing businesses to experiment with new models and processes in a controlled environment.
Furthermore, including e-commerce exports in the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) priority sector lending category would improve access to affordable finance for exporters, enabling them to scale their operations and invest in growth. Granting Authorized Economic Operator-Tier III (AEO-T3) status to e-commerce marketplaces can streamline customs procedures, ensuring faster and more reliable export processes. Additionally, incorporating provisions for cross-border e-commerce trade in bilateral agreements can enhance India’s global e-commerce export capabilities, creating more opportunities for Indian businesses in international markets.
Reflecting on the report's findings, Deepak Sood, Secretary General of ASSOCHAM, emphasized the necessity of streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports. "In today's global marketplace, the need for streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports cannot be overstated. This report's recommendations are essential for empowering Indian e-commerce exporters and positioning them competitively on the world stage," he said.
Bipin Sapra, Tax Partner at EY India, echoed these sentiments, noting that the Indian e-commerce export ecosystem is poised for exponential growth, benefiting the economy and MSMEs alike. He stressed the importance of government and regulatory intervention to iron out the kinks in current laws and processes to help MSMEs access global markets efficiently and easily. "This report brings together all the recommendations needed to build a thriving e-commerce export ecosystem in India," he added.
READ MORE: Indian E-commerce Market to Reach $163 Bn by 2026, Poised for Global Second Place by 2034
By addressing these existing barriers and implementing the recommendations outlined in the EY-ASSOCHAM report, India can create a supportive environment for e-commerce exporters. Streamlined customs procedures, enhanced financial flexibility, supportive policy interventions, and targeted infrastructure development are crucial to empowering Indian e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The government’s commitment to reform and innovation will be instrumental in positioning India competitively on the world stage and achieving the ambitious export targets set for FY 2030.
In conclusion, the path to achieving $200-300 billion in e-commerce exports by FY 2030 is challenging but achievable. By embracing the necessary changes and fostering a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, India can not only meet but exceed its goals, driving economic growth and establishing itself as a global leader in the e-commerce export market.
India is home to 659 million smartphone users, the second largest smartphone user base in the world. Internet penetration, mobile-first infotainment and financial platforms, and superlative camera features are some of the contributing factors to the growth of smartphone aspirations, even in Tier II and below towns. However, aspiration needs affordability to create a market. This is where pre-owned smartphones come into play.
Industry estimates project that the overall pre-owned smartphone market in India is close to $5 billion and is expected to reach $10 billion by 2030. The organized segment accounts for 20-25 percent of the current market. This segment is largely made up of online platforms that enable consumers to buy authentic pre-owned smartphones, along with various value-added benefits. These platforms, including several new entrants, are not only reshaping consumer behavior but also propelling technological advancements and sustainability initiatives. Let us see how online businesses, particularly newer players, are playing a pivotal role in the pre-owned smartphone industry in India.
New online platforms have made it incredibly convenient for consumers to buy and sell pre-owned smartphones. The typical hassles of offline transactions, like trust deficit and the long time required to identify buyers or sellers, have already been tackled to a great extent. These new brands provide user-friendly interfaces, detailed product listings, and secure payment gateways that add to the user’s convenience.
Apart from convenience, consumers also look for affordability when it comes to changing or upgrading their smartphones. With the tech advancements, more consumers are willing to try out the newly launched high-end phones. New platforms allow them to sell their old devices so that they can partially fund their new purchases. Consumers can also fund the gap between their sales and purchase prices through easy EMIs. Thus, consumers can access a range of smartphones at significantly lower prices than new models, making technology accessible.
The quality and authenticity of pre-owned smartphones has always been a big concern for consumers. To address this, many online platforms now offer certified pre-owned phones that have been thoroughly inspected on many parameters and have gone through multiple quality checks. This assures the consumers that their phones are in good working condition. The additional guarantee provided by the platform takes this confidence a notch further.
The pre-owned smartphone market contributes significantly to the cause of environmental sustainability. By extending the life cycle of smartphones, online platforms focus on the reduction of manufacturing and electronic waste, which is a growing concern globally.
Although India's 'Make in India' initiative aims to boost local manufacturing, the reality includes a complex landscape. While many components are sourced locally, high-end parts often need to be imported due to supply chain constraints. Unfortunately, these imports face steep tariffs aimed at protecting domestic manufacturers, thereby increasing overall production costs.
However, India faces challenges in becoming a dominant manufacturing hub. Key issues include deficiencies in infrastructure, such as inadequate transportation networks and limited access to advanced technology and connectivity. These deficiencies can significantly hinder manufacturing productivity and operational efficiency.
Despite these challenges, India possesses substantial potential as a manufacturing destination. Addressing infrastructure gaps and improving 'ease of doing business' metrics are critical steps to unlock this potential fully. Additionally, proactive steps to integrate more seamlessly into the global tech manufacturing supply chain will be essential for India to capitalize on its strengths and attract further investment."
Despite the significant progress made by multiple online platforms, there are still some challenges. As mentioned earlier in the article, a large chunk of the Pre-Owned phone market is still unorganised. Here, the consumers are always prone to issues such as poor quality and the lack of standardization. Moreover, in some consumer segments, there is still an underlying perception about used smartphones being inferior in quality.
They need to continue investing in technology and customer education to come around these issues. Enhancing transparency through detailed product information, and warranties, and providing credible after-sales service will help consumers feel more confident about their purchases. Additionally, these platforms can also collaborate with manufacturers and authorized service providers to standardize the refurbishment process. This will provide a consistent supply of high-quality pre-owned smartphones.
While the challenges are steep, the current trend indicates that online platforms will be able to address most of these. This will also help them play an even more important role in Digital India.
Singer, the world-renowned brand in the household sewing machine segment, boasts a rich legacy of 170 years in the sewing machine and home appliance industry. In India, Singer has embarked on a new journey that remains anchored in its core business, ethos, values, and principles.
Singer India has strategically positioned itself in the competitive retail market by focusing on innovation, technological advancement, and customer-centric initiatives. The company is committed to bringing highly functional and technologically advanced machines to India. This commitment is reflected in its refined product messaging, streamlined inventory management, optimized operations, and enhanced stakeholder engagement.
“In the home appliances segment, we aim to achieve profitable growth by launching and focusing on high-quality products that command premium pricing. This strategy helps establish a premium positioning in the consumer's mind. We also place significant emphasis on after-sales service to improve consumer engagement and the post-sales experience,” said Rakesh Khanna, MD & VC, Singer India.
One of the key initiatives by the company in the sewing machine segment is the launch of "Singer Live Assist," a first-of-its-kind virtual service for sewing machine consumers across the country. This service strengthens the after-sales experience by reducing turnaround time for product demonstrations, especially in remote areas. It also saves on service costs and prevents post-sales service delays, thereby strengthening customer relationships.
Singer India is also bringing technologically advanced and globally popular machines to the Indian market. For instance, the company launched the M3330, a global icon and top seller on Amazon, and supported its launch with a focused marketing campaign. The machine has been voted the best sewing machine in the home segment and is one of the company's best sellers on Amazon. Another innovative product, the SE9185, a Wi-Fi-enabled, 3-in-1 sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine, has received positive responses across the country.
“Strategic investments are another critical area for us. The US-based multinational SVP Worldwide, which owns the iconic Singer brand, is set to be our knowledge partner. We plan to set up a second manufacturing facility for the brand, focusing on Zig-Zag machines to cater to both domestic and global markets,” he stated.
Singer India has observed significant changes in consumer behavior in recent years. There is a growing interest in crafting and self-expression, leading to renewed interest in learning sewing as a skill. To cater to this evolving demand, the company is incorporating best-in-class technologies into its sewing machines, making them more user-friendly and enjoyable to use.
The influence of DIY influencers on global platforms has also played a crucial role in raising awareness and familiarity with sewing and embroidery. This trend has further fueled interest, desire, and willingness to learn sewing. Singer India's latest offering, the SE9185, exemplifies the company's commitment to technological advancement and meeting the needs of modern consumers. This 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled machine comes with a large 7-inch color touchscreen and mySewnet, the industry’s first cloud-based operating system. It is designed to cater to both experienced sewists and beginners.
The brand has a robust offline presence, with over 2,500 dealers and sub-dealers across the country and 21 exclusive Singer sewing machine retail stores. The company is currently undertaking a pan-India branding exercise, starting with key states such as Bihar, Jharkhand, Punjab, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka.
Singer India's D2C strategy focuses on building a strong online and offline presence around three key pillars: awareness, experience, and building desire. The company leverages online communication to make people aware of its new technologically advanced machines, which are easy to learn and use. Consumer-centric campaigns like "CreatewithSINGER" and "#TurnoldintoBold" encourage consumers to showcase their crafting skills and engage with the brand.
“We are also actively engaging with the DIY community of influencers and creators, who create awareness around the endless sewing and crafting possibilities. We sell our products on platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, in addition to our website and 21 exclusive store locations. This multi-platform approach maximizes reach, caters to diverse customer preferences, and provides convenient purchasing options for sewing enthusiasts across the digital landscape,” noted Khanna.
“Currently, e-commerce contributes over 30 percent of our revenue. With a robust online strategy and increasing digital engagement, we expect e-commerce to play a significant role in our revenue growth over the next 2-3 years,” he added.
Singer India's sewing machine range offers over 140 SKUs across key categories such as Straight Stitch, Artisan, Embroidery, AZZ line, and Industrial machines. In the home appliances segment, the company offers products like washing machines, coolers, JMGs, MGs, kettles, and irons, with over 90 SKUs available in offline and online trade. Recent product launches like the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on innovation and consumer-centric design.
In the sewing machine segment, the brand is focused on strengthening its offerings and expanding aggressively in the Indian market. Recognizing the growing DIY community and the demand for innovative, user-friendly machines, the company introduced the SE9185, a 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine. This product showcases Singer India's dedication to delivering cutting-edge, consumer-focused sewing machine options that cater to modern sewing enthusiasts.
Singer India understands the importance of a strong digital presence in today's technology-driven world. The company has enhanced its online visibility and engagement with customers through various digital marketing campaigns and collaborations with influencers. For instance, the M3330, a global best-seller on Amazon, has benefited from digital collaborations that highlight its user-friendly design and extensive features.
Singer Live Assist, an innovative service offering real-time virtual support for customers, has significantly enhanced the customer experience. Available through WhatsApp and a toll-free number, this service provides product demonstrations and resolves customer concerns from the comfort of their homes. The "Revive Traditions with SE 9185" campaign further emphasizes Singer India's commitment to digital engagement and fostering a vibrant community of creators.
Despite facing setbacks, Singer India achieved a revenue of Rs 425 crore last year. The company has seen steady growth in its AZZ and Industrial lines and is confident that e-commerce will be a key driver of future growth. The target for this year is to increase and improve customer experience and engagement, strengthen product messaging, and showcase capabilities.
Over the next 2-3 years, Singer India aims to strengthen and expand its market presence through several key growth levers. These include product innovation and diversification, enhancing manufacturing capabilities, improving customer experience, and engaging with the community. The recent launches of the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on functional, user-friendly, and technologically advanced products.
Singer India is a pan-India brand with a strong presence in Tier II and Tier III towns and cities. “To strengthen our presence in these markets, we are increasing branding and visibility, expanding our distribution network, and leveraging the SINGER Live Assist service. These initiatives aim to reinforce our presence, create consistent and recognizable branding, and meet the increasing demand in these regions,” Khanna concluded.
Starting a clothing boutique business in the Indian market space can be profitable. A small space with a specific product line serving a particular clientele is called a boutique. Boutiques are successful due to the product masters present in the store, assisting customers with expert insights and answering all the questions about costing, expenses, retailing options and profitability. Here is a complete guide for you to start a boutique business in India. Let your passion for starting a boutique business win over with these tips.
Investigate trends, demands, styles or categories. Resonate with the target audience. Fill the gap in the market. What is your target market? Are they people between 15 and 60 years of age? For whom do you want to make it? For male, female or both. What style of clothes do you want to wear? Indian, western or indo-western, provide both for more options for your customers.
Make your brand stand out. Have a unique boutique name, use an attractive color palette and consider having a slogan. The boutique should have a business name held on the front of the store with a name, logo, colorful and memorable slogan.
It is also crucial to understand who are the competitors in the same location. What strategies do the competitors use to attract customers? What makes the other boutique popular? Mark and make changes accordingly for the growth of the boutique.
Making the right choice in which area, locality or state you want to set up your boutique is essential for success. Selecting a particular location for a boutique store is a time-consuming process. In India, most of the fashion boutiques are present in Tier I, II and III. The most recognised Tier I cities in India are Bengaluru, Delhi, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata and Ahmedabad. Tier II and III cities that are recommended for a boutique business are Kanpur, Jaipur, Amritsar, Jamshedpur, Faridabad, Chandigarh, Kochi, Nagpur, Raipur, Bhopal, Mysuru, Surat, Agra, Ajmer, Srinagar, and Bhubaneshwar among others.
Here are more criteria that need to be looked after while buying or renting a space for a boutique business.
There is a need to form a proper business structure. It means what kind of a structure will a boutique follow for instance will it function as a sole proprietorship, LLC (limited liability company), partnership, corporation or private limited company. To opt for an ideal structure, various factors like current situation and aspiration play a key role.
GST is another critical legal permit. If the boutique business's annual turnover exceeds Rs 40 lakh, it must register for GST. In states like Tripura, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Meghalaya, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, Puducherry, Nagaland and Mizoram, the GST turnover limit is more than Rs 20 lakh.
It is a necessity to register under the Shop and Establishment Act according to the selected area for the boutique. It must be done within a month. In case the boutique business is earning more than Rs 9 lakh annually, it must pay the service tax as suggested by the government of India.
It is believed that to start a boutique business in India, one must have an initial investment of around Rs 2-5 lakh. It can vary according to the size and location of the store. There are various ways to get funds for a kickstart. Bank loans, other financial institutions or SME loans are another option. Saving is the best option to avoid loans. The funding must include enough for rent, raw materials, labor, production process and interior decor for the boutique initially.
There are various government schemes in India for flagship funding, subsidy schemes, and women empowering schemes. Here are some of the schemes by the government of India for small businesses like a boutique:-
It is important to market your boutique business. Spread awareness about the existence of the boutique. Otherwise, how will the target audience know about you? In today's world, small businesses like boutiques are using online platforms more than offline ones. The platform you choose depends on the target audience you cater to. Social media is the perfect option for enticing the young crowd towards your boutique. Instagram and Facebook are the most popular fashion advertisement formats.
Make a marketing strategy for your boutique business. Marketing your products, showcasing the store, and making the brand name noticeable will engage customers. Here are some marketing channels:-
Offline Marketing Strategies assist small businesses in attracting customers with visual appeal. Especially when it's a boutique business where the B2B model is followed. Here are a few of the offline strategies to help your business grow:-
In the eye of an Indian Retailer, starting a boutique business needs an initial investment of around Rs 2 to 5 lakh. It is a profitable market space. There are various schemes provided by the government of India for starting a small business like a boutique. Opening a boutique business requires you to apply for necessary legal permits and allowances. Lastly, bring them to the target audience, making potential customers aware that the boutique is available in the market.
What is a boutique?
A small specialized retail store often selling clothing, accessories, jewelry or other specialty items.
How do I choose a location for opening a boutique store?
Demographics, footfall of customers, nearby competitors, easy accessibility of raw materials, and labor are a few common factors that should be catered to while opening a boutique store in a particular location.
Which tier cities in India should I open a boutique store?
Tier I, II and III cities are the most efficient places to start a boutique business in India.
Which platforms can I use to market a boutique business?
Both online and offline marketing platforms are viable for starting a boutique business.
Over the past decade, India’s organic food retail landscape has experienced remarkable growth, driven by increasing consumer awareness, health and sustainability concerns, and government support for organic farming practices. Valued at over $1.5 billion in 2023, the Indian organic food market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 20 percent, reaching approximately $9 billion by 2032. A key emerging player in this sector, with the potential to revolutionize the market, is plant-based foods.
The evolving demands of Indian consumers, influenced by health, environmental, and ethical considerations, are steering a significant shift towards plant-based alternatives. With around 30 percent of India’s population adhering to a vegetarian lifestyle, the market is ripe for the adoption of these alternatives.
Similarly, the increasing prevalence of lifestyle diseases, coupled with concerns about sustainability, is driving the global trend towards plant-based options. The COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated this demand, with consumers seeking organic food options, including plant-based products, to mitigate the risks of chronic diseases.
Plant-based milk, meat alternatives, and organic vegetables are becoming popular choices among health-conscious consumers. The environmental advantages of plant-based foods are also significant, as they are known to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water usage, and land usage compared to animal-based diets.
The surge in demand for plant-based foods is largely driven by Millennials, Gen Z, and urban consumers, who prioritize sustainable and healthier food options. A 2023 survey revealed that 63 percent of Indian millennials are willing to pay a premium for sustainable products. Over the last few years, there has been a steady growth in the demand for plant-based meats, reflecting a strong market potential. Whether it’s the rising demand for plant-based milk alternatives and meat substitutes or vegan snacks and confectioneries, sustainable and healthier food options are what consumers want.
Currently, the market is dominated by startups and small-scale players, highlighting a significant opportunity for those in the organic food retail market to cater to the evolving preferences of consumers. Innovation is crucial, particularly in research and development to introduce new and exciting plant-based products tailored to the Indian palate and nutritional needs.
Jackfruit-based meat alternatives, almond and soy-based dairy substitutes, and plant-based snacks are already gaining acceptance among Indian consumers. Expanding and diversifying product offerings to include a wider range of plant-based options is essential for retailers. Organic retailers are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on the demand, leveraging their expertise in sourcing and distribution.
Further, effective marketing strategies, including targeted campaigns, strategic merchandising, and strong branding, can help attract and retain customers. Collaborations with influencers, driven by the reach of social media, can significantly enhance the visibility and appeal of plant-based products, especially among younger, digitally-engaged consumers.
Globally, the plant-based food market was valued at $11.3 billion in 2023 and is projected to reach $35.9 billion by 2033. Although the market is niche in India at present, it has the potential to be a game-changer. Companies that successfully incorporate traditional Indian flavors and ingredients into their plant-based offerings are likely to resonate better with consumers who prioritize products that align with their values.
With access to locally sourced plant-based ingredients, such as legumes, cereals, fruits, and vegetables, organic retailers in India have a definite competitive advantage. This can translate to lower production costs, allowing them to offer competitively priced, plant-based products while maintaining their commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing practices.
Building a robust supply chain is equally critical to ensure the availability and quality of plant-based products. Retailers need to establish strong partnerships with suppliers and manufacturers to secure a consistent supply of high-quality ingredients. This involves sourcing sustainable raw materials and adopting eco-friendly packaging solutions, aligning with the clean-label movement and appealing to environmentally conscious consumers.
Plant-based foods represent more than a passing fad; they signal a fundamental shift in consumer behavior that is reshaping the organic food retail landscape in India.
About the Author
Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World
Marketers and consumers have long recognized the value of personalized experiences. Besides improving customer outcomes, it opens up revenue-generation opportunities for brands. McKinsey research found that those growing more rapidly compared to their peers attributed 40 percent more of their revenue to their personalization strategy. According to another McKinsey study, more than 70 percent of consumers anticipate personalized interaction and even tend to be discouraged by its absence.
Yet, in a world of imperfect data, such personalization attempts can often have the contrary impact. As a consumer, how often have we felt irked by unwanted ads as we browse online? And wondered why we are served a financial product ad, as you click on a sleep-inducing music video on YouTube? Consumers are likely to feel overwhelmed and intruded upon when incessantly bombarded with seemingly customized recommendations. Stereotyping by inference and imposing irrelevant or insensitive content can come in the way of successful personalization.
What can marketers, publishers and consumers do, to fine-tune personalization attempts to remove negative, disruptive experiences that impede consumer’s continued engagement with the brand?
Personalization must hit the sweet spot of meeting specific customer preferences while never crossing the privacy line. Although achieving personalization non-intrusively might feel like a tough balancing act, the constant target for marketers must be to preserve the consumer-brand relationship. This can be achieved through empathy for the consumer in every situation.
Appropriate controls over inappropriate ad placements and constant review of consumer reactions, can avoid potential consumer backlash.
Here are some practices to help make personalization of consumer experiences non-intrusive:
Focusing on first-party data: Since 2018, data regulations have evolved and become more stringent. In keeping with this trend, the likes of Google phasing out third-party cookies in Chrome and first-party cookies coming into focus can be a blessing in disguise for brands. They can look at alternative ways to gather consumer data and make sure of the credentials of their first–party data sources.
Using storytelling that connects back to the customer: Today, storytelling and content that is well-timed and immersive finds more takers, even before marketers impose the brand image. Consumers increasingly prefer more experiential content rather than the push method used in cookies, ads, and targeting content thrust into their space. An already engaged customer has a low risk of alienation
Using tech to enable non-intrusive personalization: The evolving privacy laws, cookie banners, and ad blockers have impacted how advertising analytics is done. Instead, marketers can choose from a host of privacy-friendly tracking technologies that empower cookie-proof tracking, cohort analyses, and statistical modelling solutions. These are more sophisticated than conventional methods that rely mostly on cookies.
Weeding out the irritability factor: Inappropriate ad insertions can damage the brand reputation and must be quickly addressed by marketers. Consciously using consumer insights and social science expertise to understand trigger areas will help the brand avoid content that could be irritating, off-putting, or even offensive.
Emphasizing the overall consumer journey: Obsessing over insights on individual touchpoints can make it intrusive for consumers. Instead, brands should consider consumer perception, attitudes, and data analytics on overall buying patterns and propensity from their interactions in a holistic way.
Being transparent about how they use the data: Brands have the opportunity to build trust by disclosing their awareness and serious attention to their consumer’s privacy concerns and how it translates into policy. Being open about how they collect and intend to use the data will help improve the trust factor and chances of consent from the consumer for their stated purpose.
As consumers, we can make choices too – taking care to set appropriate privacy settings including ad blockers, leveraging browsers that are inherently more privacy friendly, choosing paid subscriptions (e.g. for YouTube) and regularly reviewing and unsubscribing to content we no longer want.
Publishers, especially those media houses that rely on ad revenues, can do well to reduce ad insertions and limit flashing pop-ups.
The consumer holds the final choice but can be much aided by the marketers.
Andal Alwan, VP - Consumer, Retail and Logistics for APAC, Infosys.
In India, alcohol is preferred in every situation whether you are celebrating or want to end a stressful day. Alcohol which everyone should avoid is driving the Indian market crazy with an estimated value of $ 11.7 billion in 2024. But people in India have a diverse taste and hence different people prefer different tastes. Some people prefer soothing beer for fun and some want strong beer . Here we prepare a list of the top 10 beers with the highest alcohol percentage beer in India to find out some of the strong beer brands which drive the market crazy. Are you ready to discover the best beer brands in India?
1. bro code.
2. Kingfisher
4. Carlsberg
5. Godfather
6. Haywards
7. Budweiser
8. Bira 91
10. bee young.
Here is the list of the top 10 beer brands with maximum alcohol. Know more about the brands to understand why they are the strongest beer brands in India.
Bro Code , the strongest beer brand, the brainchild of Indospirit Beverages launched in 2018. It is a product for the modern generation, the youth who love strong and you-can-feel-it beer. The ABV of Bro Code is 15 percent separates it from others due to its feisty flavors and a top brand label. The brand began in India and has its administrative offices in New Delhi. Bro Code plans to gain young audiences through digital platforms and various other methods, involving influencer partnerships and social media to amplify fan engagement. Bro code has other variants which include Bro Code 10 and Bro Code Club Soda.
Read More: Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India
Kingfisher , one of the strongest beer brands in India and worldwide, crowned as the "King of Good Times” is manufactured by United Breweries Group. The brand was relaunched in 1978 by Vijay Mallya headquartered in Bengaluru, and holds a market share of over 36%. The pool where the beer Kingfisher Strong comes with 8 percent ABV is a beer brand with a reputation worth the taste and the mainstay of the Indian beer market. Kingfisher Storm is another strong beer variant of them which has the same ABV of 8 percent. Every batch of the beer goes through the same rigorous process to make it full-bodied, flavorful, and crisp beer with a distinct aftertaste. Other popular strong variants of this brand include Kingfisher Ultra Max and Kingfisher Blue with the same ABV. The brand promotion is done by representational TV commercials all over the country, and the sponsorship of sporting events like IPL. Kingfisher is available in 60+ countries across the globe. It is associated with Heineken which augments its portfolio with stellar products of global repute.
Simba is a strong beer brand and its Brewery has been serving local beer with a new look since 2016. The brand was co-founded by Ishwaraj Bhatia. Simba Strong with 5.5 percent ABV and Simba Stout with 7 percent ABV are one of the strongest beers brewed in the country and are based in Chhattisgarh. They are well-liked for their recognizable taste and branding. The brewery developed a strategy that includes funny content on social media, booths at craft beer festivals, and partnering with some of the trendiest bars and restaurants to get brand recognition in the global market.
Carlsberg Elephant, a strong beer variant from the Carlsberg Group, was established in 1847 by J.C. Jacobsen. The beer is a good option for those who love robust flavors. This beer with its ABV of 7.20 percent is a commemorative product of Denmark with its origin in Copenhagen . The Carlsberg brand is the one that defines the term "global branding”. It has become a premium event sponsor using a global approach that not only promotes beer labels but succeeds in bringing partners together. Carlsberg has more than 140 associated brands with the likes of 1664, Tuborg and others, in their beer portfolio. Carlsberg spans core beer brands, craft & speciality and alcohol free brews. Other variants of the brand include Carlsberg lager which has less alcohol content of up to 5 percent.
Godfather, the famous beer brand by Devans Modern Breweries Ltd ., is the owner of three strong variants. The Brewery was established in 1961 by Dewan Gian Chand in Jammu, India . Godfather Super 8 contains 8 percent ABV and is the top choice for those drinkers who like the strong flavor. It also comes with a variant named Godfather Legendary which has 7.2 percent ABV, while the last variant is Godfather Premium with 6.5 percent ABV. The production department of the beer's manufacturer pays attention to the promotion of various products in the region, the organization, and the sponsorship of local events in this region, and the carefully directed advertisement in the primary markets.
Haywards 5000 from the stables of SABMiller (now owned by AB InBev) has been the champion of the Indian strong beer market since the 1970s. Haywards 5000 was launched by Sir Anthony William Byrd Haywards in India. The beer has carved a niche for itself with its bold alcohol content of 7%. The brand is also popularly identified with Haywards 2000 which is another variant popular in the Indian market. The brand promotion is obtained by the two mediums: mass media commercials and outreach programs done in various regions. In addition, Haywards 5000 is also involved in organizing sporting events as promoters. The parent company AB InBev is associated with brands like Budweiser, Corona Extra and Stella Artois .
Budweise r is one of the most popular beer brands in the world and was first introduced in 1876 by Carl Conrad . It is a brand of the Belgian brewing company AB InBev. Budweiser Magnum Strong, which is a strong beer variant of the Budweiser brand, is popular among beer lovers and is a well-known beer in India with an ABV of 8 percent. Budweiser's main marketing practices revolve around top-flight advertising through high-profile event sponsorships. AB InBev advertises the Budweiser brand heavily, spending $449 million in 2012 in the United States alone, making it one of the most advertised brands worldwide. Other popular products of Budweiser in India include Budweiser lager which has less alcohol content and has a segment of non-alcoholic products as well.
Bira 91 , is a renowned beer brand from B9 Beverages Pvt. Ltd. known for strong beer in India. The brand was introduced in 2015 by founder Ankur Jain. Bira 91 is headquartered in New Delhi and it holds 4% of the market share. Bira Gold Wheat Strong beer has an ABV of 8% and is brewed with the choicest golden wheat from India and caramel malts from Europe, imparting a hint of honey sweetness with a toasted malty flavor. Bira 91 Blonde Lager, a new product, became instantly viral because of its flavor and creative promotion and has an ABV of 8 percent. Furthermore, its line-up also includes Bira 91 Premium. Bira 91 has an energetic social media presence with fun on-brand collaborations. Bira 91 is now available in 24 countries and around 31k outlets. Other popular products include Bira 91 Light, Bira 91 White, and Bira 91 Classic which has a lower alcohol content of less than 5 percent.
Bad Monkey , known for its strong beer, is owned by Sinq Beverages Inc, founded by Rohan Khare in 2018 . It is a manufacturer and marketer of strong beer loved by consumers in India. The brand is mostly available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Chandigarh and exports to countries like Australia, New Zealand and in the Middle East. Bad Monkey is a late addition brand in the Indian beer market. Sort of an odd man out, Bad Monkey has a liquor content of 8 percent in the Bad Monkey Strong Beer variant. It also comes with another variant o f Bad Monkey Tamed beer which has an ABV of 5 percent. The company uses advertising that is innovative and unconventional, guerrilla marketing tactics and is strong in digital space to get to more people.
Earlier in News: Bad Monkey Beer Makes Official Entry into Uttar Pradesh
Bee Young is a beer brand produced by Kimaya Himalayan Beverages LLP and founded by Abhinav Jindal in 2018. It is identified by its silk texture and appealing logo, and is a popular brand among beer-lovers in India. Bee Young has a beer with an ABV of 7.2 percent, with brewing facilities in New Delhi. Bee Young uses lifestyle marketing that utilizes social media to advertise music and cultural festivals in connection with its target audience. The brand is mainly brewed in Delhi, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab and is available in 100+ locations in PAN India and is expanding. Other brands of Kimaya Himalayan Beverages include Yavira.
At Indian Retailer, we are showcasing top Indian strong beer brands like Bro Code, Kingfisher Strong, Simba, and Bira 91 that can meet diverse consumer preferences for the HoReCa industry. It enhances the market presence and ensures consistent demand.
FQAs on Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India
1. Which beer drink is strongest?
Bro Code is the strongest beer in India and Brewmeister Snake Venom is currently recognised as the strongest beer in the World.
2. Which beer is costly?
The Belgian Stella Artois is also one of the most expensive beers in India. The luxury beer costs around Rs 325-345.
3. What is Whisky beer called?
Bulleit Boilermaker is called Whisky beer.
4. What does 90 percent of beer contain?
Water comprises 90-95% of beer, playing a crucial role as both a primary ingredient and a major influence on the beer's flavor and quality. The mineral content of water can significantly alter the taste of beer, leading breweries to meticulously adjust water chemistry to craft specific beer styles.
5. What is the best beer in the world?
Russian River Supplication Beer is considered the best beer in the world by connoisseurs. It is a delicate blend of Belgian bitter and sour ales with fruity aromas of raisins, currants, and cherries. The flavor has been described as both tart and sweet, with a slight oakiness that gives way to a dry finish.
Check More Articles:
To 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List
Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained
Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging
Innovation is not just a necessity — it's the cornerstone of success. Enter BB Matrix, the all-in-one SaaS-based supply chain platform developed by BigBasket, a TATA Enterprise. Launched amidst a burgeoning global demand for supply chain management software, BB Matrix promises to offer comprehensive visibility across the entire supply chain to enterprises worldwide. The platform is set to reshape how businesses handle their supply chains, providing real-time updates, swiftly identifying bottlenecks, and empowering data-driven decision-making to build resilient supply chains.
The launch of BB Matrix could not be timelier. According to a Gartner report, global annual SCM software spending is projected to reach $62 billion by 2028, up from $29 billion in 2023, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 16.3 percent. Spearheaded by Hari Menon, Co-Founder and CEO, BigBasket, and Rakshit Daga, Chief Product and Technology Officer, BB Matrix is designed to deliver next-generation supply chain solutions that cut costs and boost productivity.
"The SaaS-based solution has made it possible to reduce transportation costs by nearly 50 percent, lower lead times by around 60 percent, and ensure up to 100 percent supply chain visibility with its cutting-edge solutions," said Manish Mishra, Head of Sales & Marketing, BB Matrix.
BB Matrix offers configuration and optimization, seamless data integration with over 150 ERP, CRM, and POS tools, and flawless migration for its customers. This holistic approach positions BB Matrix as a singular, expert solution provider tailored for the modern supply chain landscape.
One of the standout features of BB Matrix is its adaptability to changing market conditions. Whether forecasting inventory, managing stock replenishment, storage, payments, delivery, or handling returns, the platform provides real-time updates and helps in identifying bottlenecks swiftly. This enables users to make data-driven decisions, crucial for building resilient supply chain processes.
"BB Matrix brings to the table a vast infrastructure and network globally with a nearly 99.1 percent on-time delivery record," Mishra noted. "This helps our clients deliver an excellent customer experience and achieve optimal outcomes in their supply chain operations."
The inception of BB Matrix is a fascinating story of innovation within a thriving enterprise. "It's kind of a startup within a startup," Mishra explained. "With BigBasket's operations expanding, we realized the potential of providing our advanced technology as a service to the external world. This led to the SaaSification of our product stack, transforming it from a monolithic form to a scalable, cloud-based solution."
This journey began a couple of years ago, starting with the technological foundation and gradually moving towards a go-to-market strategy, which has been largely product-led. The development of BB Matrix was driven by a clear market need for a unified SaaS platform for supply chain management. "Efficiency was a big item on the list for many organizations we spoke to," Mishra clarified. "With increasing competition, there was a pressing need to enhance efficiency and customer experience. That's where we saw an opportunity to step in."
BB Matrix is a cloud-based platform hosted on AWS, offering three primary modules within the supply chain software portfolio: warehouse management system, transport management system, and order management system. These modules cover supply chain execution and, to some extent, sourcing and procurement.
"Our focus is on efficiency around warehouse operations, order management, and transport management," Mishra highlighted. "Ease of deployment and integration with third-party tools are also critical features our customers look for."
A significant advantage of BB Matrix is its off-the-shelf customization capabilities. "Based on our customers' needs, we've ensured that the platform addresses key gaps in servicing, visibility, and tracking," Mishra said. "Our goal is to offer a product that meets 80-90 percent of our customers' needs out-of-the-box, requiring minimal customization."
BB Matrix tackles traditional problem areas in supply chain management head-on. "Productivity is a major focus, alongside competitive pressure and customer satisfaction," Mishra explained. "A cloud-enabled product like BB Matrix reduces capex and keeps technology up-to-date, addressing scalability challenges effectively."
While BB Matrix starts with a strong focus on the Indian market, its ambitions are global. "We're catering to retail, e-commerce, manufacturing, logistics, and transportation sectors," Mishra said. "Our aim is to stabilize our operations in India and then expand into emerging markets in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and eventually the US. The platform is capable of offering its solutions in international markets like the US, Middle East, Southeast Asia, and Africa regions as well," Mishra added. "This global reach sets us apart in the industry."
With a well-tested product and a growing market, BB Matrix has high expectations for the future. "The supply chain market is growing phenomenally, with high double-digit growth rates," Mishra noted. "Our expectation is to achieve triple-digit million-dollar revenues in the next three to five years and make significant inroads into international markets."
BB Matrix is poised to revolutionize supply chain management with its innovative, SaaS-based platform. By offering comprehensive support, real-time efficiency, and global reach, BB Matrix is set to meet the evolving needs of modern enterprises and drive significant improvements in supply chain operations.
Smartphone prices are skyrocketing all over the world. In such a scenario, Lava International Ltd. is shaking things up with their Blaze X Series by focusing on affordability, premium design, and value for money, while meeting the needs of a diverse consumer base. Sunil Raina, Managing Director, Lava, gives Indian Retailer an exclusive look at how this new series is set to redefine value in the sub-Rs 30,000 segment. Get ready to be amazed by the groundbreaking features and thoughtful design that make Blaze X a game-changer for budget-conscious consumers.
According to Raina, Lava identified a significant gap in the market for smartphones priced below Rs 30,000. He explains, "If you scan the smartphone market today, you'll notice that unique features are often reserved for higher price segments. We believe there's a large consumer base, primarily below the Rs 30,000 price point, that deserves access to advanced technology. Their aspirations need to be met just as much as those of high-end consumers."
This philosophy led to the creation of Blaze X, a smartphone series designed to bring premium features to an affordable price bracket. Raina proudly states, "Blaze X is going to be the first smartphone with a curved display in the sub-Rs 15,000 category. It will feature an in-display fingerprint sensor, a high-quality chipset, and an exquisite design that looks and feels expensive."
One of the key differentiators of the Blaze X series is its aesthetic appeal. Raina criticizes the industry norm of making lower-priced phones look less attractive to push consumers towards more expensive models. He says, "We have a clear principle that people must get their money's worth. Aesthetics and build quality don't have to cost a fortune. Our phones, whether priced at Rs 7,000 or Rs 25,000 rupees, all look premium and offer the best build quality available."
Lava's commitment to providing excellent value is evident in every aspect of the latest series. Raina emphasizes, "It's important to recognize that someone buying Rs 7,000 device values their money just as much, if not more, than someone spending Rs 40,000 or Rs 50,000. We're dedicated to offering the best value to all our consumers."
The smartphone features a 16.94 cm (6.67”) 120 Hz Curved AMOLED Display with a punch-hole design for an immersive experience.
The Blaze X series is not just about affordability; it's also about accessibility. Raina highlights the different market dynamics, explaining, "Lower-end price points are typically more popular in rural areas and Tier II and III cities, while higher-end phones are more prevalent in urban areas. For instance, our Agni 2 model was very popular in metro cities, whereas our Rs 7,000 models are more popular in rural regions."
Lava's strategy is to ensure that their products reach every corner of the country. With a distribution network of 950 distributors and over 120,000 retailers, they have one of the largest market presences in India. Raina mentions, "We have built an automated platform connecting all our retailers and distributors, giving us direct visibility of each and every operator."
As far as their online-offline sales ratio is concerned, they are about 65 percent offline and 35 percent online, with a tie-up with Amazon. “Three years back, we used to be about 5 percent online and 95 percent offline. Now that has shifted dramatically, and we are bridging that gap,” he says.
The smartphone industry is fiercely competitive, but Lava is well-prepared to stand out. Raina notes, "Our industry has never had a shortage of competition. When we started, there were over 200 brands in the market. Today, we are the only Indian brand remaining, competing with global giants."
Lava's focus on providing the best value to consumers has been a key factor in their success. Raina states, "The battle is about who can give consumers the best value. Our view of best value is ensuring that every device we release offers full value to the consumer, regardless of the price point."
In today's digital age, security is paramount. Lava ensures that their devices are secure by using the Android operating system and regularly providing security updates. Raina explains, "We promise updates and upgrades for each device and fulfill that promise. While other brands may focus on high-end devices, we ensure that even our lower-priced models receive regular updates, reducing vulnerability."
Lava's ambitious plans include exploring IPO options and raising capital to further invest in research and development and marketing. Raina is optimistic about the future, stating, "India is set to become the manufacturing hub for the world. With initiatives like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for components, the opportunities are immense. We believe that the next decade will be crucial for the manufacturing sector in India."
With ambitious plans for expansion and a commitment to providing the best value, Lava is poised to make a significant impact in the market. As Sunil Raina aptly puts it, "We believe our people deserve the best, and we're here to deliver just that."
A scotch can be called a whisky but a whisky cannot be called a scotch . Want to know more about scotch whisky ? Did you know that all the scotch whisky must be made in Scotland by law? Here are the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India.
Scotch Whisky is the largest export segment for Scotland, with millions of bottles being shipped around the globe each year! It must be matured in oak casks in Scotland made from malted barley for three years as per the Scotch Whisky Association, established in 1912 to watch over the production and labeling of scotch whisky.
Discover the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India, and gather all the Information you Need!
Glenlivet, a scotch whisky brand was started by George Smith in 1824 with the Glenlivet being the main range of single malt scotch whisky. It goes through the process of malting, milling, mashing, fermenting, distilling and maturing. This scotch whisky is made in Livet Valley, Scotland. The brand became a part of the Pernod Ricard group, the Chivas brothers subsidiary.
Top 4 Glenlivet Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
The Glenlivet Founder's Reserve | 1000 CL | 40 percent |
The Glenlivet TCM White Oak Reserve | 1000 CL | 40 percent |
The Glenlivet 12-Year-Old | 1000 CL | 40 percent |
The Glenlivet 15-Year-Old | 1000 CL | 40 percent |
Monkey Shoulder, a scotch and whisky brand owned by William Grant & Sons since 1887, originated in Scotland. The name ‘Monkey Shoulder’ came from the traditional process of whisky making. Way back malters would have strain injuries which led their hands to hang down like a monkey. It was the third best-selling scotch whisky brand in 2023. It comes from the Balvenie, Glenfiddich and Kininvie distilleries. (Source: Wikipedia)
Monkey Shoulder Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Monkey Shoulder Blend | 1 L | 40 percent |
Black and White, a scotch and whisky brand was started by James Buchanan, through a London whisky brokerage in 1879. He found that whisky was believed to be harsh and saw a chance to sell something smooth. He used the finest molten grain whisky from Dalwhinnie, Clynelish and Glen Dullan. A balanced content was made in the Buchanan blend with the mixture of these. Later it was renamed as ‘Black and White’. Diageo owns the brand now. This scotch whisky is produced in Scotland.
Black and White Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Black & White Blended Whisky | 1 L | 40 Percent |
Chivas , a scotch and whisky brand, was founded by John and James Chivas in the rural Scottish Highlands. It has had its distillery since 1789 called the Strathisla. This scotch whisky brand is popular due to its smoothness and taste of Speyside malt. The Chivas scotch whisky range is matured between 10-25 years. Pernod Ricard has been the parent company since 2001.
Chivas Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Chivas Regal 13 Extra Rum Cask Scotch Whisky | 100 CL | 40 percent |
100 Pipers, a scotch whisky brand, produces its product with a blended mixture of 25-30 fine malt whiskies. It has been a part of Pernod Richard since 2001. The brand name was adapted from a ballad of ‘the hundred pipers’ which explains the store of pipers of a troop commanded by Bonnie Prince Charlie, in a battle. It was started by Jimmy Lang and Chivas brothers and Alan Baillie in 1965.
Top 2 100 Pipers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
100 Pipers | 750 ml | 40 percent |
100 pipers 12 years | 750 ml | 40 percent |
Jonnie Walker, a scotch whisky brand, has a great story. John Walker as a teenager started the distillery, grocery and wine segment when his father died. Slowly, he began to focus on whisky exclusively. It originated from Kilmarnock, Ayrshire in Scotland, and was passed on to his son and later to his grandson. Now the company is owned by Diageo.
Top 5 Johnnie Walker Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Johnnie Walker Double Black Blended Scotch Whisky | 1L | 40 percent |
John Walker & Sons King George V Blended Scotch Whisky | 750CL | 40 percent |
Johnnie Walker Blue Label Blended Scotch Whisky | 1L | 40 percent |
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve Blended Scotch Whisky | 1L | 40 percent |
Johnnie Walker Island Green Blended Scotch Whisky Travel exclusive | 1L | 40 percent |
Black Dog is a blended scotch whisky producer established in 1883. It was blended and bottled by James Mackinlay. It is now produced by the Indian Beverage Company United Spirits Limited (USL), a subsidiary of Diageo. Since 1992 it has been bottled and marketed in India.
Top 3 Black Dog Scotch Whisky Range in Certain Parts of Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Black Dog Black Aged & Rare Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 42.8 percent |
Johnnie Walker Blue Label Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 40 percent |
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 40 percent |
Teachers is a scotch whisky brand started by William Teachers. After the Excise Act in 1823 William got the opportunity to sell whisky in his grocery store. He obtained a legal allowance to create and sell self-made whiskies in his shop. Years passed and his sons and grandsons held the legacy and became William Teachers & Sons Ltd. In 2011 Fortune Brands acquired Teachers and made it into Beam Inc. In 2014, Suntory bought Beam, forming Beam Suntory.
Top 2 Teachers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Teachers 50 Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 42.8 percent |
Teachers Highland Cream Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 42.8 percent |
Ballantine, a scotch whisky brand, started in 1836 when a Scottish greengrocer named George Ballantine turned to the art of whiskies. He started marketing his hand-selected malts. He first started his grocery with just shakes and ended up being the top scotch whisky brand around the globe. It provides blended scotch whisky from the most renowned whisky regions in Scotland which are Speyside, Highlands, Islay and Lowlands. It became a part of the Pernod Ricard Group in 2005.
Top 3 Ballantine Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Ballantine Finest Blended Scotch Whisky | 750 ml | 43 percent |
Ballantines Blended Scotch Whisky 12 Years | 750 ml | 40 percent |
Ballantines Blended Scotch Whisky | 375 ml | 40 percent |
Vat 69 is a scotch whisky brand that was started in Leith, Scotland by William Sanderson in 1839. He owned his own alcohol business in 1863. To make it perfect, William developed 100 different vatting of whiskies for expert testing. The number 69 came from the chosen number of vatting by the experts. Hence the brand name ‘Vat 69’. Today it is owned by Diageo and is produced in Scotland.
Top-rated Vat 69 Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi
Name | Quantity | ABV |
Vat 69 Blended Scotch Whisky | 1L | 40 percent |
From the Indian Retailers' view, Scotch Whisky has a special place in the global market of spirits products, differentiating itself and appealing to sophisticated consumers all over the world by being made following strict regulations that are based on time-honored Scottish methods of production.
Which are the top 3 scotch whisky brands in India?
Glenfiddich 12, Chivas Regal 12, and Johnnie Walker Black Label are the best scotch whisky brands in India.
What factors are required before purchasing a scotch whisky?
Price, age, range and flavor are the top four factors that should be considered before purchasing a scotch whisky.
What are the main types of scotch whisky?
Single malt scotch whisky, single grain scotch whisky, blended malt scotch whisky, blended grain scotch whisky and blended scotch whisky are the main four types of scotch whisky in the market.
What are the common scotch whisky regions in Scotland?
Speyside, Highlands, Islay, Lowlands and Campbeltown are the main regions in Scotland.
In a spectacular display of business acumen, Mango has set a new benchmark with the highest revenue in its 40-year history, raking in over 1.543 billion euros in the first six months of the year. This marks a 6.3 percent increase compared to the same period last year, showcasing the brand's relentless upward trajectory despite facing challenges like climate impacts, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions.
The secret behind Mango's soaring success? A series of blockbuster collections that have captivated customers worldwide. Mango’s collections and value proposition, meticulously designed in Barcelona, have been exceptionally well received. From the much-anticipated collaboration with fashion icon Victoria Beckham for its Woman line to an exclusive partnership with Italian tailoring powerhouse Boglioli for Mango Man, the brand has consistently delivered on quality and innovation. These new capsule collections, alongside fresh editions of its Capsule and Selection lines, have not only reinforced Mango's commitment to aspirational style but also resonated deeply with fashion enthusiasts.
Mango's diverse business lines have all seen remarkable growth. Mango Man has emerged as a star performer with a jaw-dropping 21 percent increase in sales. Meanwhile, Mango Kids and Teen have recorded impressive growth of over 11 percent. The Woman line, the backbone of Mango's business, has achieved a slight but significant growth of 4 percent, securing the highest revenue for a six-month period in the company's history and accounting for a whopping 79 percent of total revenue.
Toni Ruiz, CEO, Mango, expressed his pride in the company's achievements. "In a very competitive environment, the company has achieved the best six months in its history, with growth above the market average. The excellent performance in revenue during the first half of the year reinforces our commitment to our value proposition, our business model and the international expansion plan with which we want to continue to inspire the world with our passion for fashion," he stated.
With a presence in over 115 markets, Mango's international business now accounts for more than 78 percent of the group's total revenue. The top-performing regions include Spain, France, Turkey, Germany, and the US. The brand's aggressive expansion strategy has led to 57 net store openings in the first half of the year, bringing the total to 2,743 stores worldwide. By the end of 2024, Mango aims to surpass 2,800 stores, a testament to its ambitious growth plans.
Mango's expansion is nothing short of impressive. In the US, the brand is opening more stores than initially planned, with new locations in Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and Virginia, as well as a strengthened presence in California and New York. In Spain, around twenty new stores are set to open, particularly for the Mango Teen line, with a new Teen store already making waves at Passeig de Gracia in Barcelona.
The UK market is also a key focus, with plans for over twenty new stores this year, including first-time ventures into cities in Northern Ireland and central and southern England. London has already welcomed its first international Mango Teen store.
Italy is another hotspot for Mango's expansion, with more than fifteen new stores slated to open, pushing the total number of stores in the country past one hundred. Key cities like Rome, Bologna, Genoa, and Verona are seeing significant investments, including a new flagship store in Rome's Alberto Sordi shopping gallery and a revamped iconic store in Milan's Galleria del Corso.
Mango's physical channel growth has been bolstered by not just new store openings but also a significant double-digit growth in Like-for-Like (LxL) sales. Meanwhile, the online channel continues to perform robustly, with slight growth over the same period last year. Online sales now represent approximately 33 percent of the group's total revenue, a figure that far exceeds industry competitors.
Celebrating its 40th anniversary in 2024, Mango has unveiled a bold new Strategic Plan named 4E, outlining the business priorities until 2026. The four pillars of the 4E Plan—Elevate, Expand, Earn, and Empower—will drive the company towards its ambitious goals, including surpassing 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. Central to this plan is a reinforced value proposition and a strategic expansion that envisions the opening of over 500 stores in the next three years.
Mango closed a record 2023 financial year with revenue exceeding 3.1 billion euros. As the company now pushes forward with its 4E Strategic Plan, the goal is clear: exceed 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. With its eyes firmly set on the future, Mango continues to inspire the fashion world, setting new standards and breaking records with each passing day. Stay tuned as this fashion juggernaut continues its unstoppable ascent!
Everyone has shoes in their wardrobe, and people like buying good shoes. Therefore starting a shoe business can be an exciting and rewarding venture, but there is always a right strategy to kick start, the perfect push, isn't it? To assist you on h ow to start a shoe business , here is a 14-step hands-on guide that will describe the path for your entrepreneur journey.
Starting a shoe business involves careful planning and execution. Here are 14 steps to guide you through the process:
Engagement, Awareness and Analysis of the Market:
Tip : Create an online survey and share it on social media to gather initial feedback. Use this data to refine your shoe business concept.
Spot Your Target Audience:
Tip : Develop customer personas. Give them names and backstories to better visualize and cater to their needs.
Build a Strong Brand Identity :
Tip: Use a free logo maker tool like Canva to experiment with designs. Share your top choices with friends and family for feedback.
Components of a Business Plan:
Tip: There are tons of business plan websites that can make a template for you according to your needs. Small Business Administration (SBA) is a well-known website in India.
Explore Funding Options: Know What Suits You!
Tip : Create a crowdfunding campaign video that tells your story and explains why people should support your venture.
Design and production:
Note: The development process for a running shoe will differ significantly from that of a high-heeled shoe in terms of materials and design.
Tip: Gather feedback from customers and improve. The sketches can be shared with potential customers on online mediums like social media or via email.
Establish a Reliable Supply Chain:
Tip: Trello is a reputed supply chain and inventory company.
Legal Requirements:
Ways of Selling :
Promote Your Brand:
Tip: Hootsuite is a common and well-rated website for managing social media posts, and stories with cost efficiency.
Plan Your Launch:
Tip: Live stream your launch event on social media to engage with a broader audience.
Efficient Inventory Management:
Tip: QuickBooks is a website to integrate inventory management with your accounting system.
Customer Experience:
Tip: Implement a live chat feature on your website to assist customers in real-time.
Stay Ahead of the Curve:
Tip: Use Google Analytics to track your website’s performance and gain insights into customer behavior.
In the Indian retailer's eye, omnichannel presence is gaining heights for a startup. A business must choose the right path in the business model. E-commerce and retailing strategies influence the usual shopping experience still liked by the majority. Retailers are now integrating physical and digital mediums into omnichannel presence to expand their customer base. It is important to combine e-commerce and traditional retail, it was revealed that 73 percent of consumers incorporate multiple channels in their shopping.
Is the shoe business profitable?
Yes, the shoe business can be profitable. Different types of shoe businesses have different cost structures and profit margins. For example, a retail shoe store has a profit margin of approximately 20% to 30%, whereas a wholesale shoe distributor has a profit margin of about 35% due to lower costs of goods sold.
What are the most popular types of shoes demanded in the market?
The top 3 types of market-demanded shoes are - casual footwear, formal footwear, and customized footwear.
What is the minimum investment for a footwear business?
The minimum investment to start a footwear business typically ranges from Rs. 8 lakhs to Rs. 20 lakhs. This amount covers essential costs such as renting a space, purchasing inventory, business registration, and initial marketing efforts.
The ones responsible for the high amounts of market value in India and rapid growth among all others are Supermarkets and Hypermarkets. It's expected that in 2026 the retail market value of India will reach $1.7 trillion, with super and hypermarkets being important drivers of it. The retail giants in addition not only revolutionized the shopping experience but also completely changed consumer behavior and the economy. It is most likely that urbanization together with the increase of disposable incomes contributes to the very fact that the distinction between supermarkets and hypermarkets becomes more comprehensible.
A Supermarket is a very large retail establishment that particularly sells in big quantities to family members. Bringing you back to the story, supermarkets operate in self-service and provide a wide list of foods in their inventory including vegetables, fruits, meat, packaged goods, and also non-food items such as cleaning things and personal hygiene products. An instance in India that portrays an adequate example is Reliance Fresh. The global Supermarkets Market value is approximately $0.98 trillion in 2024, along the line is expected to touch $1.16 trillion by 2029, although the CAGR has been cited to reach 3.30 percent in the period of the forecast (2024-2029). Such grocers usually set up shops near urban and semi-urban centers, thus enabling convenience and a wide selection of food items for one's daily needs in shopping. There are different types of Supermarkets which are:
Check More: Retail Store: Definition, Types and Components
A hypermarket is an immense supermarket-like enterprise, which combines a supermarket with a department store. Normally, these shops have a wide selection of products in one place, such as groceries, apparel, electronics, furniture, and much more. Hypermarkets are a type of large retail store that provides a more comprehensive shopping experience and because of that, they are usually larger than supermarkets. The success of Lulu Hyderabad in India is a wonderful illustration of a hypermarket chain. A majority of the time, hypermarkets are found either in the suburbs or on the outskirts of towns, and they usually offer large parking lots and diverse stock. The Hypermarket market size is calculated as $774.27 billion in 2024 and is expected to reach $876.03 billion as soon as the end of the year 2029 with an every-year development proportion of 2.5 percent within the same period between 2024 and 2029.
Check More: Difference Between Supermarkets and Department Stores
|
|
|
Size | Typically ranges from 10,000 to 40,000 square feet. | Generally spans over 80,000 square feet, sometimes exceeding 200,000 square feet. |
Product Range | Focuses mainly focus on food products and other usable items that are often found in households. | Serves a broad scope of customer needs with products that include food and beverages, apparel, electronics and accessories, and home goods. |
Shopping Experience | More focused, convenient, and quicker for everyday shopping. | Offers a comprehensive, one-stop shopping experience with a wide variety of goods. |
Service | Emphasizes convenience with easy access and quick shopping trips. | Provides a broad selection of products often with additional services like food courts and entertainment options. |
Target Market | Serves and targets the urban and semi-urban areas consumers who are mainly looking for convenience. | These appeal to consumers who shop for a variety of goods and those who shop in bulk. |
The main difference between a supermarket and a hypermarket is that a hypermarket is a supermarket that also sells expensive items like appliances and is much more significant. Hypermarkets are massive, whereas supermarkets are small.
Strategies for Success:
To thrive, both supermarkets and hypermarkets must adopt specific strategies:
Store Location:
Merchandise Range:
Inventory Management:
Store Layout:
Online Presence:
Technology Integration:
Customer Service:
At Indian Retailer, we think that both Hypermarket and Supermarkets play important roles in the Indian economy, and play a crucial role in the Indian retail market, understanding their difference is also important for anyone to make an informed choice and also for the people who want to strategize growth in the retail world.
1. Is DMart a supermarket or a hypermarket?
DMart is an Indian retail corporation that operates a chain of supermarkets in India.
2. Is mall a hypermarket?
No, a mall is not a hypermarket. A mall is a large complex with multiple retail stores and entertainment options, while a hypermarket is a single, extensive store combining a supermarket and a department store.
3. What is the difference between a retail store and a hypermarket?
Hypermarkets are usually part of a larger retail chain, and they often have a larger selection than supermarkets or department stores. In addition to offering a wide variety of items, hypermarkets typically sell items at lower prices than other retailers.
4. What is the difference between a supermarket and a grocery store?
A grocery store tends to be more focused on food and produce, often smaller in size, and might not carry the same extensive range of non-food items. Essentially, supermarkets are like a one-size-fits-all store, while grocery stores are more specialized.
5. Why is a supermarket necessary?
The benefit of a supermarket is that customers can get all of their goods under one roof, which saves a lot of time.
In an era where digital transactions are burgeoning, Indian consumers are particularly sensitive about their personal data. 82 percent of consumers consider the protection of their personal data as the most critical factor in earning their trust. This sentiment is echoed by Ravi Kapoor, Partner and Leader – Retail and Consumer sector, PwC India, who stated, "Protecting consumer data has not surprisingly been voted by 82 percent of consumers as the most important factor that will help build trust."
PwC India has released its latest survey titled "Voice of the Consumer Survey 2024," providing a comprehensive look at the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers. The survey, encompassing responses from 1,000 Indian consumers, underscores significant trends and imperatives that brands must heed to build trust and foster loyalty. According to the survey, Indian consumers are increasingly discerning about where they spend their money and whom they trust with their personal data. The survey provides a comprehensive look into the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers, offering crucial insights for brands aiming to refine their strategies and marketing efforts.
Consumers are increasingly cautious about privacy and data sharing, particularly on social media. Despite 58 percent of consumers buying products through social media, it remains the least trusted channel, with 76 percent of consumers expressing concerns about privacy. This underscores the need for brands to implement stringent data protection measures and transparently manage consumer data.
“The survey advises businesses to adopt rigorous data protection strategies, as 83 percent of consumers value knowing their devices secure their information, and 74 percent approve using their data for beneficial services. Additionally, over 66 percent are willing to share data for more personalized experiences, provided their privacy is not compromised,” he explained.
Indian consumers' preferences are increasingly leaning towards health and wellness-focused products. The survey reveals that 69 percent of consumers plan to eat more fruits and vegetables soon, and 75 percent actively seek information on food sustainability. Millennials, in particular, show a proactive stance, with 78 percent favoring independent sustainability scores on labels, compared to 66 percent of Gen Z.
This shift towards sustainability is further driven by concerns over climate change, which 46 percent of Indian consumers view as a significant threat. As a result, 60 percent of these consumers are changing their behavior and moving towards sustainable products, even willing to pay a premium of 13.1 percent for sustainably sourced goods.
Kapoor emphasized, "Our survey reveals three main drivers of building trust; firstly, how well do brands make life easier for their consumers; secondly, how well they connect with their consumers and finally how do they ensure inclusiveness with their consumers."
Businesses are advised to align their offerings with wellness, nutrition, and sustainable practices. The top incentives for sustainable purchasing include water conservation (43 percent), eco-friendly packaging (41 percent), and waste reduction and recycling (36 percent). By addressing these concerns, brands can tap into the growing market of environmentally conscious consumers and strengthen their trust and loyalty.
While the global trend shows a significant shift towards online shopping, Indian consumers still exhibit a strong preference for physical stores. According to the survey, 56 percent of Indian consumers frequently purchase non-grocery items from physical stores, a figure substantially higher than the global average of 34 percent. In-store shopping remains popular, with 62 percent of consumers preferring to visit stores to discover products, while 53 percent browse online.
This preference for physical stores is balanced with the convenience of online marketplaces, with 43 percent of purchases happening in-store and 44 percent online. Businesses are encouraged to enhance the physical store experience by incorporating technologies like augmented reality and mobile payments to make shopping more seamless and engaging.
"Indian consumers’ optimistic sentiment shines through the survey with a whopping 75 percent of consumers saying that they will increase spends in the clothing/footwear/grocery and health and beauty categories in the next six months," noted Kapoor.
Social media plays a crucial role in consumer decision-making, despite being the least trusted industry. The survey indicates that 77 percent of consumers discover new brands via social media, and 81 percent use it to seek reviews before making purchases. Influencer endorsements and targeted ads significantly influence purchasing decisions, highlighting the importance for brands to maintain authenticity and transparency on these platforms.
However, the concerns about privacy and data sharing on social media cannot be ignored. Kapoor highlighted, "The main theme of the survey is the need for brands to stay authentic to earn consumer trust and ultimately build loyalty." To address these concerns, businesses must implement stringent privacy measures and clearly communicate their data protection policies to consumers.
The integration of AI in business operations is a double-edged sword. While 57 percent of consumers trust AI for low-risk activities like obtaining product information or receiving recommendations, they remain skeptical about AI’s role in high-risk tasks. Despite interest in chatbots, there is a strong preference for direct interaction with sales representatives. Over 86 percent of consumers express concerns about the potential cyber risks and job security implications of future AI developments.
The survey cautions businesses to carefully integrate AI, emphasizing the need to balance AI with human interaction, especially in complex and personal services. He advised, "Brands need to deploy generative AI tools responsibly to build consumer trust." This balance is crucial in ensuring that AI enhances the consumer experience without overshadowing the human touch that many consumers still value.
The survey identifies six key imperatives essential for building consumer trust: focusing on value-creating purchase journeys, proactively helping consumers manage their health and wellness needs, staying authentic on social media channels, building watertight personal data protection capabilities, creating sustainable business models, and deploying generative AI tools responsibly.
By addressing these imperatives, businesses can meet consumer expectations and build long-lasting trust and loyalty. High-quality products and services, clear communication, consistent consumer experiences, affordability, transparency in ESG matters, and improved decision-making and execution are the cornerstones of building trust with consumers.
The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is witnessing significant growth driven by consumer demand and price hikes, particularly for essential items. As of 2023, the FMCG market has reached a valuation of $121.8 billion. This report delves into the various factors contributing to the sector's expansion and the projections for its future growth.
According to IBEF(India Brand Equity Foundation), the total revenue of the FMCG market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 27.9 percent from 2021-27 , potentially reaching nearly $615.87 billion . In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent to the overall annual FMCG sales, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent. This growth is supported by a good harvest and government spending, which are anticipated to aid rural demand recovery in FY24.
India's FMCG sector grew by 6.4 percent in volumes during the October-December 2023 quarter, led by positive consumption trends across the country. In FY23, the sector witnessed an 8.5 percent increase in revenues and a 2.5 percent rise in volumes. During the first half of 2022, value growth was approximately 8.4 percent due to inflation-induced price hikes. In Q2 of 2022, the FMCG sector recorded a 10.9 percent year-on-year value growth, surpassing the 6 percent growth seen in Q1.
India boasts 780 million internet users, with the average person spending around 7.3 hours daily on their smartphone, one of the highest rates globally. This digital presence has significantly influenced the FMCG sector, with digital advertising spending reaching $9.92 billion by 2023. The FMCG industry contributed 42 percent of the total digital spending, highlighting its dominance in the digital advertising space.
The Indian food processing market reached $ 307.2 billion in 2022 and is expected to grow to $ 470 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 9.5 percent from 2023-28. From April 2000 to December 2023, the food processing industry received $ 12,466 million in foreign direct investment (FDI). The Union government has approved a new production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector with a budget of Rs. 109 billion ($ 1.46 billion), with incentives disbursed over six years until 2026-27.
The Union Budget 2023-24 allocated $976 million for PLI schemes aimed at reducing import costs, improving domestic production cost competitiveness, increasing domestic capacity, and promoting exports. These initiatives are expected to drive growth in the FMCG sector by creating jobs and strengthening the supply chain.
ALSO READ: FMCG Sector in India Sees Strong Growth in 2023-24
The FMCG sector employs around 3 million people, accounting for approximately 5 percent of the total factory employment in India. Sales in the sector were expected to grow by 7-9 percent in revenues for 2022-23. Key growth drivers include favorable government initiatives, a growing rural market and youth population, new branded products, and the rise of e-commerce platforms. By 2025, the number of active internet users in India is expected to reach 900 million, up from 622 million in 2020.
Rural markets contribute more than 35 percent to overall annual FMCG sales. E-commerce accounts for 17 percent of the overall FMCG consumption among affluent buyers, who spend an average of Rs 5,620 ($68). The sector's growth is also fueled by increased spending on healthcare products, driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, and the rising demand for branded products in rural areas.
The FMCG market in India is expected to increase at a CAGR of 14.9 percent, reaching $220 billion by 2025, up from $110 billion in 2020. The government's incentives and FDI funds have bolstered the sector, improving employment rates and establishing a robust supply chain. The FMCG sector's resilience, coupled with digital advancements and government support, ensures its continued growth and contribution to India's economy.
Revolutionizing the traditional mattress industry, TSC leads on the front foot with 100 company-owned-company-led stores. Remarkably, it's India's fastest D2C brand to reach this milestone within two years of launching its first store in Bengaluru in June 2022. In just four-and-a-half years, The Sleep Company has hit an impressive Rs 500 crore ARR! The Sleep Company is redefining the landscape of comfort with its innovative approach to sleep and seating products. From humble beginnings to becoming a trailblazer in the comfort tech industry, the journey of The Sleep Company is nothing short of inspiring.
Priyanka Salot, Co-founder, The Sleep Company, along with her husband Harshil, embarked on a transformative journey after identifying a gap in the Indian market for high-quality sleep products. "When I became a mom, sleep became a luxury that I couldn't afford. Despite trying various mattresses, my quest for comfort remained unfulfilled," Priyanka recalls. "That's when we realized the stark difference in product quality available in India compared to the global market. It sparked the idea that led to the birth of The Sleep Company."
With a decade-long experience at Procter & Gamble, Priyanka's passion for consumer brands and tangible products that improve lives fueled the foundation of the brand. "We wanted to create a consumer brand that would make a real difference. Our goal was clear: to revolutionize sleep and seating comfort with innovative products," she says.
The turning point came when Priyanka and Hershel met AK Tripathi, a former Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) scientist. "We spent two years in R&D, developing a product far superior to anything available in the country. Our patented SmartGRID mattress was born, designed to provide unparalleled comfort and support," Priyanka explains. The SmartGRID technology, now patented in multiple countries including India, has set new standards in the comfort tech industry.
From the outset, the vision was ambitious. "Can we make people sleep and sit better and become the world's best comfort tech brand?" Priyanka asked. In just two years, the company has established a strong offline presence, opening 100 company-owned experience centers across 30 cities in India. "We didn't want to be just another online brand. We aimed to create a tangible experience for our consumers," she emphasizes. "Our stores are designed to educate consumers about the importance of sleep and the benefits of SmartGRID technology. We offer a unique 'Sleep Lab' experience where customers can see and feel the difference." The company offers a host of products including mattresses, sofa, pillows, cushions, bedding, office chairs, smart recliner bed, among others.
With the recent milestone of 100 stores, The Sleep Company is poised for further expansion. "We plan to double our store count to 200 in the next 12 months," Priyanka shares. "Our approach is data-driven. We use proprietary tools to identify the best locations based on demographics, income levels, and other parameters. This ensures a high success rate for our stores."
The focus remains on direct-to-consumer sales, providing a seamless shopping experience both online and offline. "Our strategy of Research Online, Purchase Offline (ROPO) has worked exceptionally well. Today, more than 60 percent of our business comes from offline sales," she notes.
The Sleep Company saw its operating revenue soar to over Rs 127.14 crore in FY23, a massive leap from Rs 74.05 lakh in FY20. The company is on track to hit Rs 1000 crore in revenue within the next two-three years. This ambitious goal aligns with the leadership’s strategic vision, and will be fueled by a robust growth strategy, including expansion plans across India. The company has two manufacturing sites, one each in Mumbai and Bengaluru. Since December 2022, it has opened one store every 4-5 days, and all of TSC stores have been EBITDA profitable since the beginning of its operations.
The company generates 85 percent of its sales through its omnichannel presence, which includes both retail stores and its website. Dominating the office chair market in India, it has seen an astounding 10X growth in its chair category since launch. With the recent debut of its chair brand 'ErgoSmart', TSC aims to double its market share in the next 24 months. So far, TSC has raised Rs 184 cr in a Series C funding round from Premji Invest and Fireside Ventures in December 2023, Rs 177 cr in a Series B round led by the same investors and Alteria Capital, and Rs 13.4 cr in a pre-Series A round. Currently, they don’t have plans to raise more capital.
Innovation continues to be at the core of the brand. "We operate in two main categories: sleep and seating. We are constantly launching new products within these categories," says Priyanka. "Our aim is to continue innovating and offering products that truly solve consumer problems." Beyond products, Priyanka and Harshil are committed to building a great organization. "Every employee at The Sleep Company has ESOPs, and we've conducted two rounds of buyback in our three-year funding journey. We want to ensure our employees are part of our success," Priyanka states proudly. "We strive to create a company that is not just profitable but also a great place to work."
To solidify its market position and omnichannel presence, The Sleep Company plans to boost its workforce from the current 1000 employees to 1300-1400 by the end of 2024. “This rapid growth and expansion is attributed to a combination of innovative products, expansion of our omnichannel presence and our unwavering commitment to customer satisfaction. Innovation remains at the core of our growth strategy and our patented SmartGRID technology is what gives us a competitive edge and makes us stand out in the industry. We are now looking to enhance our position as a ‘House of Brands’ and expand our product line while setting new standards in the industry. The integration of AI into our future products will help us further enhance customer experience. We are extremely grateful to our people, customers and investors for being a part of this growth journey and we remain committed to improving the lives of individuals with our sleep and sitting solutions,” she adds.
While the primary focus remains on India, The Sleep Company is testing international waters. "We are present in the UK and UAE, and have patents granted in several countries. Our vision is to become a global brand, made in India," Priyanka reveals. "The potential in the Indian market is vast, and we are just getting started."
The Sleep Company's journey from a startup to a leading comfort tech brand is a testament to its innovative spirit and consumer-centric approach. As Priyanka concludes, "We are committed to making people sleep and sit better. With our continued focus on innovation and expansion, we aim to set new benchmarks in the comfort tech industry." With the ambitious goal of doubling their store count and expanding their product line, The Sleep Company is well on its way to becoming a household name in the comfort tech industry, both in India and globally.
What makes furniture truly luxurious? How do you choose pieces that perfectly blend sophistication and comfort? We have the solution with India’s top 10 luxury furniture brands , popular for the substantive luxury and ecology standards that have become a new trend. So let’s look into the leading furniture makers with their huge brand history, and their flagship stores to reach the brands which help you to analyze the best furniture brands for both domestic and international markets. Ready to discover the finest in luxury furniture?
Furniture Lifting the Indian Market
Here is the list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands in India to help you understand why they come under the luxury segment.
Helmed by Falgun Shroff, Sources Unlimited is a luxury home decor brand in India. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Mumbai, the company has delivered projects throughout India, boasting well-known public figures and top corporate houses amongst their list of clients. With a focus on giving highly personalized service, ‘Sources Unlimited’ today has 3 showrooms - in Mumbai, Delhi and Bangalore. Currently, Sources Unlimited has exclusive tie-ups with various top European brands such as Giorgetti, Rimadesio, Turri, Longhi, Baxter, Promemoria, Sicis, Wall & Deco. Besides these brands, they house 500 other high-profile international brands, which are globally renowned and can be easily accessed through Sources Unlimited. Media Milestone is in charge of exclusively marketing and promoting the brand.
IOTA Furniture began its journey as a family-owned timber shop founded in the year 2003 by Namit Ajmani, their headquarters is in Kirti Nagar, Delhi. IOTA is one of the trusted resources of imported luxury furniture in Delhi. Iota’s flagship features an eclectic mix of high-impact furniture pieces and interior accessories over seven countries. T heir selection boasts timelessly elegant design marvels from global heavyweights such as Ligne Roset, Kartell, Lenzi, Innovation Living, Arosio Milano, and many more. The marketing is majorly through blogs on their official website and articles. They provide special offers for their customers on their websites and stores. The expertly curated range of products, cherry-picked by IOTA’s skilled design team, typifies the contemporary style, soul, and spirit.
Sarita Handa, founded by the legend herself - Sarita Handa - has today metamorphosed into a hallmark luxury home design. Founded in 1992, the brand opened its first retail store in 2004. Later, Handa opened retail stores in Mumbai and Chennai. Today, helmed by her daughter, Suparna Handa, the brand opened its doors to a fourth luxury retail space in the upscale Defence Colony area of South Delhi. Spread across 1800 sq. feet, the store exudes an inviting, contemporary sophisticated ambience. Last year, the company registered an annual turnover of Rs 500 crore. The brand now sells bed and bath linen, furniture, décor products, and furniture fabrics all over India and overseas. Sarita Handa's marketing is mainly through news articles and social media. Their feed showcases a diverse mix of home decor, cushions, bed linens, furniture, fabrics, and lifestyle inspirations, all presented with a colorful and minimalist style that exudes sophistication.
Beyond Designs, the maximalist, luxury furniture brand was founded by the designer duo Sachin Gupta and Neha Gupta in the year 2000. Beyond Designs specializes in custom-made furniture, lights and accessories. They started their manufacturing unit in 2003 on a 500 square ft space. The Beyond Designs retail store was launched in South Delhi in 2010, and in 2018 they unveiled their flagship store at MG Road, Sultanpur in the Delhi Design District. The 8,000-sqft store showcases high-end furniture pieces, lights and accessories that use exclusive materials like stone, mirror, metal, crystals, semi-precious inlay, gold, and silver leaf etc.
Nivasa specializes in creating homes, furniture and accessories. Founded in 1993 by Rohit Kapoor, the headquarters is in Sultanpur, New Delhi. Nivasa is a design and manufacturing company, engaged in creating exclusive furniture for the last 20 years. They offer bespoke furniture that is designed to fit your lifestyle and personality, along with different lines of ready-to-buy designer furniture. These comprise the following: PALAIS is intricately carved from solid wood, with elaborate craftsmanship. SCANDINAVIA is known for clean, minimalist furniture with innovative textures, materials, and finishes. The company’s share capital is Rs 90.00 lac and the total paid-up capital is Rs 64.60 lakh. Nivasa Retail Private Limited's operating revenues range is Rs 1 crore - 100 crore for the financial year ending on 31 March 2023.
The brand name is Furncraft Decollage, but, since the designer’s name was vastly known and respected throughout the country, the company it was rebranded to Nitin Kohli Home in 2018. Nitin Kohli Home is an ambidextrous and versatile design company with an in-house design center brimming with unique materials, along with dedicated units for stone, metal, fabrics, soft furnishings, and glasswork. Favored by top architects, the brand ensures that every project embodies a true masterpiece. It has its showhouse/flagship store based in Ambawatta One, near Qutub Minar, New Delhi , specializing in residential and commercial design. Nitin Kohli markets through social media.
Bay Window , a rising mid-luxury furniture brand has marked its debut with a sprawling 30,000-square-foot, five-storey flagship store in the upscale suburb of Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad. Founded in 2009 by Siddhant and Shivani Anand, Bay Window’s collaborations with renowned international designers infuse the brand's offerings with a worldliness, enabling them to cater to a variety of tastes and preferences. Their collections include pieces by London-based Leonhard Pfeifer, Scandinavian designer Anders Östberg, and Serge Milan, amongst others, all of whom merge their distinct design sensibilities with the Bay Window ethos. Bay Window has an ambitious roadmap, eyeing expansions across 10 cities in the next three years. The goal is to revolutionize the shopping experience in the home decor segment, promising customers not just exceptional products but also an unmatched omnichannel shopping experience with lightning-fast delivery. The brand attracts people through various news articles and online magazines.
Vita Moderna was established in the year 2008 by Akshay Adhalrao and Pritesh Modi and emerged slowly to rule the luxury furniture and interior design products in India. The company has been associated with luxurious homes across India for the last 15 years and maintains a close association with top interior designers and architects. The brand has successfully executed over 500 projects not only in India but also in international markets such as the UK and the Middle East. Vita Moderna has truly excelled in bridging the gap between Indian consumers and the finest Italian and European home decor brands, delivering a seamless fulfillment experience. It is associated with Flexform, Vittoria Frigerio, Reflex Angelo, Glas Italia, etc.
Ralph Lauren , a renowned name in the design, marketing and distribution of premium lifestyle products and other licenced product categories, was founded in the year 1983 by Ralph Lauren, The renowned classic American brand is available at Seetu Kohli Homes in India. The brand offers products, including furniture, bedding, lighting, and decor, with SKUs priced between Rs 2,00,000 and Rs 30,00,000. The brand’s emphasis on sustainable materials and custom furniture options, coupled with collaborations with top artisans, has solidified its global reputation, including a strong presence in India. Its headquarters is located in New York, US, and it is associated with brands like Polo Ralph Lauren and Lauren Ralph Lauren. Seetu Kohli Homes is headquartered in New Delhi’s posh Ambawatta complex.
Bent Chair founded in the year 2016 by Neeraj Jain and Natasha Jain, a place where tradition was blended with modern technology. Bent Chair's headquarters is based in Ambala, the brand offers a wide range of premium sofas, dining tables & chairs, tables, mirrors, bookends, cushions, and wall decor items in varied designs and styles. Bent Chairs has a presence in over 15+ stores in PAN India and 10k+ app downloads. It has 12+ retail outlets in Indian cities such as Hyderabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Agra, Raipur, Patna and Ahmedabad. Internationally, Bent Chair has collaborated with BD Homes in China.
At Indian Retailer, we understand choosing a piece of furniture is not just about the standard but about the person's personality, family culture and fashion as well, and for that, we have a list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands, which help you to choose the right furniture according to your style.
1. Which type of sofa is best?
If you want the sofa to be firm and provide good support, go for higher-density foam. The foam is usually supported by different types of springs and elastic belts. Polyurethane (PU) Foam: PU foam has a broad range of load-bearing capabilities and resiliency. Multiple layers of foam can provide suitable firmness.
2. What is luxury furniture?
It gives a sense of spaciousness as well as the appearance of a luxury lifestyle. They combine high-end furniture materials with creative styles that make them simply unique. Whether it's a bed base, a leather sofa, a solid wood dining table, or a sideboard, every piece of furniture can be a piece of luxury.
3. Who dominates the furniture market?
The United States generated nearly 254 billion U.S. dollars in furniture revenue in 2023, making it the leading market globally. China and Germany came in second and third place, with both markets worth over the 50 billion U.S. dollars mark.
4. Which city is famous for furniture goods?
Jodhpur (Rajasthan) is a furniture city in India, as there are almost 2000 big and small manufacturers of different types of furniture. And this city alone exports 1000 containers per month to the biggest furniture retailers all over the world.
Have you ever wondered what attracts us when we visit a store? Is it the decorative mannequins or the styling or the aesthetic setting; or the kind of products that are available? All these aspects come under merchandising. From selection to placement of products, everything is done exclusively for a particular store. But there are two aspects that make a store entice you to walk in and explore. They are retail merchandising and visual merchandising. Let’s explore what the differences are between these two.
This article will help you understand the differences, key features, and importance of retail and visual merchandising for your business idea.
Retail Merchandising's primary objective is customer attraction. Retail merchandising is the art of showcasing and selling diverse products in a store that catches the eye of potential buyers. It calls for innovation in approach — using strategies like store layout and product placement based on customer demographics. The selection of stock-keeping units (SKUs) plays a vital role in defining the store's identity and appeal to its target market. In layman’s terms - whatever product you see in the store is painstakingly chosen and placed with utmost care to attract the customer.
Check More: Why is AI Retail Merchandising Essential for the Holidays?
Visual Merchandising The main thing that visual merchandising does is determine how a store looks to showcase the brand's identity. The concept encompasses all aspects of store presentation from the layout to mannequin placement. Brick-and-mortar stores typically leverage visual merchandising as a tool for establishing their brand identity. It consists of such components as lighting and music selection blended with interior design that creates an image in customers' minds about the brand. In layman’s terms it is styling the store so that it looks and feels its best and can then entice the customers.
Check More: Top 5 retail visual merchandising strategies from the industry stalwarts
Retail merchandising is primarily concerned with product selection and presentation to drive sales; visual merchandising, on the other hand, underscores the store's aesthetics and ambience to boost brand value and draw in clientele. Here are the key differences between retail and visual merchandising:-
Retail Merchandising aims to plan, buy and sell products for profitability, build engagement with customers and develop a brand identity.
Visual Merchandising is the visual presentation for engaging customers towards a store. The attractive elements on banners, posters or digital screens assist in enticing customers, and building a curiosity to walk inside a store.
Retail Merchandising focuses on product selection, prices, inventory management, and promotions.
Visual Merchandising focuses on display, customer experience and store outlook.
Retail merchandising impacts profitability and sales with constructive product supervision.
Visual merchandising plays a key role in customer interaction, shop experience and sales as well.
Retail Merchandising makes sure the correct number of product stock is available at the right time (seasonal product accessibility).
Visual Merchandising increases the brand image by providing an environment that entices customers and making visually appealing stores.
Retail Merchandising : Placing the products on particular shelves, dedicating a particular area of the shop to a particular product, understanding the trends and seasonal demands in the market in regards to the product and updating them. For example, Zara changes its stock every few days to keep up with trends and resonate with young customers, and look fresh for repeat customers.
Visual Merchandising : Banners, posters, digital panels above or at the entrance of a store, crowd-free and simple checkout mechanism. For example, McDonald's has a digital screen where ordering and payment options are done with a few clicks.
Strategic showcasing of products in retail merchandising is vital to maximize sales, draw in customers, and improve the shopping experience. Understand the importance of retail merchandising by the following points:
1. Customer Fulfillment
Providing a satisfying experience is crucial as it naturally increases customer fulfillment. There should be easy selection, accessibility and clear signage for products. At the least, neatness and organized placement are necessary in stores to ensure comfort for customers. Zara for example, keeps up with the trends in the clothing market, it focuses on freshness and timeliness delivery of products to its customers in stores.
2. Stock Control
Maintaining inventory is essential for avoiding an overload of product stocks or minimizing out-of-stock scenarios. Expanding store space for products in an organized manner affects customer engagement.
3. Branding
Retail merchandising shapes the customer perspective of a brand and lights its identity. Effective merchandising can make the brand stand outside the crowd, reflecting the unique selling proposition. For instance, H&M systematically arranges its products, making them easily accessible and within a free-flow layout. All this merchandising assists H&M in promotion with a remarkable customer experience.
Creating an in-store atmosphere boosting brand perception and drawing in customers through design and display are key elements of effective visual merchandising. Understand the importance of visual merchandising by the following points:
1. Increase Sales
A visual presentation like a unique window display outside a retail store can gather attention from customers as it provides an overview of what to expect when inside the store. For example, the Adidas London flagship had a bold and innovative display using augmented reality, movable cables and a ‘Marley’ sneaker display to show sustainability and eye-catching storytelling, making a want to enter the store.
2. Showcase Product Characteristics
Visual merchandising enables brands to showcase the key features, upgrades and other characteristics of their products that can interest customers. For example, Apple displays a digital screen on the entrance that explains the functions of the products so that it attracts customers.
3. Connection with Customer
Visual merchandising involves displaying trends, seasonal products, new arrivals, and decorative interiors of the store, proper color palettes, and describing the history of the brand, all these contribute to building an emotional connection with customers.
Retail merchandising focuses on product selection, pricing, promotions, inventory, and displays, while visual merchandising emphasizes store design, lighting, layout, and branding. Know more with the mentioned pointers below:-
Retail Merchandising
Merchandising is vital for every retail brand in various aspects like branding, engaging customers, recognising brand identity and commerce. Differences between retail and visual merchandising are based on goal, focus, impact and role in branding. It is said that retail merchandising increases brand revenue by 23 percent! Window displays can increase traffic by 23 percent, 82 percent of eye-level shelves products are purchased, and customers spend 20 percent more time due to innovative visual displays. Both the type of merchandising retail as well as visual play specific roles in the growing process of a brand.
What are the main two types of visual merchandising?
Mannequins and signage are the top preferred types of visual merchandising.
What is the primary objective of retail merchandising?
The primary objective of retail merchandising is to entice and engage customers with creative and innovative merchandising.
What are the top two retail merchandising techniques?
Inventory management and product selection process are the top two retail merchandising
India’s furniture market is booming, and is mostly controlled by the unorganized sector. The local carpenters can copy designs at a fraction of the cost. In this labyrinth, there are a few home-grown furniture and décor brands that stand out from the crowd and beckon the customer with their alluring wares, which are of top-notch quality and design. Founded by Gaurav Jain in 2014, Orange Tree is the retail arm of the House of Basant, a brand that boasts a 25-year heritage of exquisite lighting and décor. With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship. The company's journey from being a prominent exporter of high-quality furniture to international markets to establishing a strong presence in the Indian retail landscape showcases its commitment to quality, design, and innovation. Orange Tree aims to bridge the gap between global standards and local accessibility, offering Indian consumers an opportunity to experience world-class furniture and décor within their reach.
"We are a family of furniture," says Gaurav Jain, Founder, Orange Tree. "My father started the company, and Orange Tree is essentially an extension of the House of Basant, our family business. At Basant, we have been exporting furniture and making pieces for global brands. There was always this aspiration to provide the same quality of furniture to the Indian market. Some of my friends would visit the factory, see the furniture we were exporting, and always ask how they could get it. That's how Orange Tree came to be."
The brand prides itself for its in-house design capabilities. "We design, manufacture, and now also sell directly to consumers," Jain explains. "At Orange Tree, we have a separate vertical for designing lighting, décor, and furniture. All the designs you see at here are created by our in-house team, though we do collaborate as well with brands such as Doodlage and Muse Mart."
One of the recent collaborations with the Raw Collaborative (design exhibition platform) was a testament to Orange Tree's commitment to innovative design. "Design is something I am very passionate about," says Jain. "Whenever I have the chance to meet creative people, I try to engage in any way I can. For instance, our collaboration with Muse Mart was an enriching experience."
Orange Tree stands out in the competitive Indian market by focusing on quality and unique design. Jain believes that there is still a lot of room for growth and improvement in the Indian furniture market. "India is a vast market with 1.5 billion people. When you think of furniture or home space brands, there aren't many that come to mind. There are some local brands doing good work, but on a national level, there is still much potential. We aim to fill that gap with our young and vibrant design ethos."
The design process is driven by global trends and local inspirations. "We don't follow trends religiously," Jain says. "Our biggest inspiration comes from travel and meeting people. For instance, one of our design team members recently visited Ladakh and saw some beautiful textiles. Now, we're working on a collection inspired by those fabrics and techniques. We combine customer feedback with our design team's inspirations to create our collections."
Customization is another key aspect of Orange Tree's offerings. "We do customize for projects, and customers can choose from various fabric options, finishes, and sizes," Jain explains. "Our sales team listens to customer needs, and we use that data to form our designs. For example, we've noticed a growing demand for bar cabinets, so we are working on incorporating that into our SKUs."
As of now, Orange Tree has three operational stores in Bangalore, Jodhpur, and Hyderabad. "By October, we plan to have five more stores," Jain shares. "Selecting the right location and partner to manage the store is crucial. We take a step-by-step approach, ensuring we have the right people and location before expanding."
While the brand started as an online player, physical stores have provided valuable insights. "Online and physical stores cater to different customers," Jain explains. "Having a physical presence allows customers to touch and feel the products, leading to valuable conversations and feedback that help us improve our products."
Despite facing challenges like logistics and building trust as a young brand, Orange Tree has continued to grow. "Shipping heavy furniture was a major challenge initially, and building trust was another. But as we grew, word spread, and those challenges became less significant. Our current challenge is meeting the high expectations of our customers and delivering products quickly," says Jain.
Technology plays a significant role in Orange Tree's operations, with a mix of handcrafted and mechanical processes. "We use a mix of manual and mechanical processes depending on the product," Jain explains. "For instance, some of our recent collections required manual weaving, so we hired local artisans. For more straightforward products like dining tables, we use mechanical processes."
Looking ahead, Jain sees sustainability as a major trend. "Globally and in India, consumers are becoming more conscious about sustainability. They want to know how the product is made and whether the process is sustainable. At Orange Tree, we focus on sustainable materials and processes, aiming to create timeless pieces that bring nature into homes."
As for the future of the brand, Jain is optimistic but focused on quality over rapid expansion. "We hit our highest sales last month, which is encouraging," he shares. "However, we are not pressured by numbers. Our goal is to create beautiful products and provide a great customer experience. We are privately held and haven't raised money, so we are not answerable to investors. This allows us to focus on doing things right and ironing out challenges. Growth will follow naturally."
The brand is poised for a bright future, driven by its commitment to design excellence, sustainability, and customer satisfaction. As Gaurav Jain aptly puts it, "We are growing, and we are happy. Our focus is on bringing beautiful products and providing a great experience to our customers. Everything else will follow."
Copyright © 2009 - 2024 Franchise India Holdings Ltd
Buying finished goods from manufacturers and then selling them to users is called retail business. The goods sold through a retail business have a higher cost in comparison to goods sold through a wholesale business.
In India, retail business contributes 12% of the GDP and is the third-largest revenue generator
To start a retail business in India, there are certain policies to be followed. The purpose of this blog is to help aspiring entrepreneurs in establishing a retail business in India. The blog aims to give an insight into practical steps and strategies required to navigate through the Indian Retail Market so that ventures can launch successfully and have sustainable growth.
The retail business industry in India comprises a variety of business models considering the varied preferences of Indian buyers . They are mainly divided into 4 types which are detailed below:
These include traditional stores such as family-owned retail/kirana stores which sell groceries or a supermarket which sells multiple goods. It can also include a garment store, a jewelry store, and an electronic gadget store to name a few, which can be considered as specialty stores based on the consumer needs.
Ecommerce platforms that sell online have gained considerable popularity in India in recent times, especially after COVID-19 . Starting from essentials such as daily needs to automobiles, one can shop from the ease of their home through such eCcommerce platforms which are booming with attractive offers for consumers who buy on a retail scale. Also, a few websites supply directly to customers without any retail middlemen but at retail prices to mark their presence in the market.
The franchise market in India is evolving rapidly. It includes a variety of sectors such as education, food, and retail. With the growth in the economy, the franchising demand has increased which has in turn attracted a lot of global and domestic investors in the retail industry. Franchise models can be easy as they have all the prerequisites, one has to just invest and start doing good business.
A creative approach in retail selling is the mobile stores and pop-up shops . Unlike traditional stores, these businesses allow the engagement of consumers in a flexible and dynamic environment. This includes making use of temporary setups or vehicles which can be easily moved from one place to another. For example, a food truck which can be taken to any place depending on consumer demand. This helps brands reach out to a wide range of consumers.
Retail business in India needs licensing and registration. This is also to procure permission from the concerned departments to run the business under the rules and regulations stipulated by the government under the Consumer Act. Hence one should understand the requisites to start a retail business. Below are a few pointers to go through for registration:
1. market research.
To start an online retail business one has to understand the cyber protocols and plan accordingly. Below are a few pointers for online businesses:
With the above details, we can understand that India is one of the best places for retail businesses. Also, the retail business comes with some paperwork and an understanding of the system. Hence if a business person can get a hang of all these then retail business is a profitable business in India.
What are the types of retail business.
The various types of retail businesses include brick-and-mortar stores, eCommerce platforms, franchise stores, and Mobile Retail and Pop Up Shops.
The steps to register the retail business in India are as follows:
This article has been contributed by Mudit Kumar, Active Angle Investor. Today’s world that we live in, is rapidly and dynamically evolving. This change is happening so fast that sometimes we don’t even realize this subliminal change is affecting our lives. At the forefront of this change is
Reports of flight cancellations and financial difficulties have forced the cash-strapped SpiceJet to once again operate under the "enhanced surveillance" of the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA). This measure will take effect immediately. This is in response to the aviation regulator's discovery of "certain
A US Federal Reserve official has voiced concerns that banks involved in interconnecting domestic quick payment systems with international systems for making global transactions may face higher legal and compliance costs. "There is no magic wand that enhances speed as well as effectiveness without trade-offs," stated Christopher J.
The messaging software Telegram is under fire for allegedly facilitating the spread of extremism and disinformation around the world. Paris recently detained CEO Pavel Durov on charges of crime. In a blog post, Telegram denied the charges and said that CEO Pavel Durov travels across Europe often and has nothing
Ever since e-commerce went mainstream, naysayers have been expecting the retail industry to collapse. But what happened was something completely different. New retail business ideas cropped up and existing retailers adapted to the increasingly digital world.
Today, the retail industry is extremely resilient and is ready to accept newcomers with open arms for a successful future. In other words, if you plan to enter the retail industry, the timing cannot be more right.
Before you start to plan for your retail business ideas , it is important to know what is a retail business. A retail business is a type of business where a person sells either products or services for the customer’s use.
In a retail business, the product is sold at a higher price than in a wholesale business .
Starting a retail business can be a challenging but rewarding venture. Here are some steps to help you get started:
To help you even further, we have listed down ten retail business ideas that you can embrace right now.
Did Macklemore & Ryan Lewis make the Thrift Shop oh-so-cool? Maybe. Gen Z and millennials, driven by platforms like Instagram, are following the trend of being mindful shoppers by thrifting.
Not only do thrift shops take unwanted items off of people’s hands, but they also refurbish and resell them at a reasonable price. One of the biggest advantages of this business is that most items will come to the store in the form of donations.
This means that no money needs to be paid to middlemen or manufacturers.
Aspiring thrift shop owners can start by selling items from their own wardrobes and asking their immediate circle of friends and relatives to pitch in. Once there is a large enough client base and the revenue is satisfactory, they can start scouting for second-hand vendors to build inventory.
And once you have the required inventory, there is free software for inventory management that make the job hassle-free.
Want to start a retail business?
FREE OF COST
High-profit margins and additional income streams will always follow an art supplies store that provides popular and high-quality products.
This is one of the best retail shop business ideas for people who are genuinely passionate about art and is knowledgeable about the market. But before choosing an idea, you should know how to sell online in India .
In addition to selling art, the business can also conduct classes at the store, host events/private parties, and art exhibitions, or even integrate a coffee bar into the store.
If the store is in a populous part of the city or town, the business can even cater to a niche. For example, the store can specialize in Mural art.
We have all at one point seen something online or on TV, checked around every supermarket only to come home disappointed. This is a problem people are increasingly facing with exotic and specialty food items.
Large stores simply may not procure such items in bulk because it makes no sense for them to do so. If an area’s grocery selection is limited to such big box stores, it is a lucrative option to start a niche business offering imported food, gourmet items, and gift baskets.
You should be a knowledgeable foodie who can source unique specialty items and can guide customers about the finest details about food and drinks. The business can also offer catering for small events with party trays, beer, and wine selections.
Organic produce and healthy food is other specialty food that is under-served in many small cities and towns. People are becoming more selective about their diet, and this makes it one of the best retail business ideas for small towns in India. Clicks on the link, if you really want to know about the top food business ideas in India .
In recent days, craft beer has risen in popularity in India and fueled the growth of microbreweries here. The beer market was valued at 5533.73 Million Liters in 2020 and is expected to reach 9004.74 Million Liters by 2025.
People seek out craft beer because it is perceived to be of better quality and of different flavors. The young urban population with higher disposable income makes up a large section of the customer base.
Another reason is that microbreweries are places where people come to relax after a week of grinding work. Ambiance, flavor variety, location, etc., are some of the factors that determine success in the craft beer business.
Your business. Your language.
Coffeehouse .
This one is for non-alcoholic beverage lovers out there. Not everyone drinks alcohol, but they would still like to hang around at a place that is just as fun as a bar.
This is exactly the demand that a coffeehouse aims to meet. It is pretty evident that Indians love freshly brewed cups of coffee. According to Statista’s reports, the coffee industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of 8.9% from 2020 to 2025.
This is why a coffeehouse can turn out to be an extremely profitable business idea if done right. The market is a lot more evenly spread out – smaller cities and towns included. Entrepreneurs can either build a new brand from the ground up or open a franchise of an already established brand.
Another option is to buy out a struggling coffeehouse and fix the parts that were weighing down the business. Starting your own microbrewery is definitely one of the best retail business ideas.
Investment- INR 10 to 20 lakh
Profit Margin- 20% to 80%
Manage your business digitally.
Car wash .
Vehicles are prized possessions, and owners like to keep them clean even if they can’t find the time to do it themselves. That is why the car/bike wash business has been a productive one for a long time.
If the business gets efficient, net revenue can reach around 50%. This business has taken a huge leap, especially in recent years, owing to the increase in automobile ownership and due to technological innovations.
Most car washes today also provide basic automobile care, including coating, rebuilding, applying tints, etc. Yes, the competition is high, but what percentage of the competition is actually raising the bar in terms of quality of service?
It will most likely be not as high as one would expect it to be. If a car wash business over-delivers on its promises, they are well on its way to retaining a large percentage of its customer base and also getting new ones purely based on referrals.
Investment- INR 25 lakh
Profit Margin- 40%
To most people, a flower shop may look like something that earns the owners the bare minimum. After all, it is just flowers, right? Most people won’t even be able to comprehend the big money that flows through an average flower shop.
The ones who do would have definitely thought, “Why didn’t I think of doing this for a living?”. There is huge money to be made in this business.
People buy flowers for special occasions – be it for greeting someone after being away for a long time, on valentines’ day, or for more extravagant events like weddings and betrothals. The demand for flowers is almost constant, with a sharp rise during festive seasons like Diwali.
Florists not only need to know a lot about flowers and decorative plants , but they should also be skilled in detailing and building an aesthetic appeal around the products. Sourcing supplies from the right suppliers is also important. The stock should arrive at the store as fresh as possible.
The modern flower shop owner cannot expect the business to succeed without building a strong online presence. In fact, a lot can be done for the brand using one platform alone – Instagram.
If the store owner has a decent smartphone camera and knows how to create posts (including reels), that’s all that’s needed to get started with marketing. Hence with low investment and great returns, this is among the best great retail business ideas that you can opt for.
Investment- INR 50,000
Profit Margin- 60 – 90%
Indians are prioritizing their health more than ever since the events of the COVID-19 pandemic. The demand and market value of medicines have shot through the roof. It would not be the worst of ideas to make a lot of money by getting into the pharmacy business, now would it?
According to the Indian Economic Survey 2021 , the domestic pharmacy market is expected to reach $65 billion by 2024. The pharmacy business is also one of the few evergreen businesses in India , almost unaffected by economic cycles.
A drug license is necessary to start a pharmacy business. The licenses are controlled by the Central Drug Control Organization and The State Drugs Standard Control Organization. A minimum floor space of 10 square meters is recommended.
Since people are so used to buying online, it would be a great small business idea to partner up with a delivery partner too.
Investment- INR 3-4 Lacs
Profit Margin- 20-25%
Easy Supply Track In your Pharmacy
Beauty salon.
Running a salon can be a very rewarding business opportunity. The Indian market, in particular, is said to be one of the fastest-growing markets in the world. The Indian beauty industry is expected to be worth over $20 Billion by 2025.
There are different business models to choose from depending on what aspects of the business you would like to take up and the kind of services you plan to offer to customers.
Some of the most preferred business models include Spa centers, Wellness centers, hair and skin clinic, and traditional beauty parlor or salons. This is an industry that accommodates small retail business ideas as well as large-scale ones.
Therefore, it is essential for owners to freeze on a business model, scale, and ownership structure.
There are lots of successful franchises like Naturals , Lakme, and Green Trends to choose from if you decide to go ahead with a franchise model instead of setting up an independent brand.
Investment- INR 15 lakh to 30 lakh
Profit Margin- 10% to 20%
Tea is right up there, with coffee as India’s favorite non-alcoholic beverage. Tea shops have taken up a different persona in the recent past.
They are no longer a place just to have the same tea. The modern tea shop offers an array of flavors, including masala tea, herbal tea, dum tea, etc., along with light snacks like Poha and Biscuits.
A tea joint located next to high traffic areas like schools, colleges, and IT parks can bring in moolah and make the business profitable in no time.
Investment- INR 10,000
Profit Margin- 30%
To start this business, you do not require any specialized knowledge or anything like that. Fruits are the primary product in the Indian market as India has the largest agricultural market. You can easily start your business in fruits and maybe also specialize in fruits.
Investment- INR 35,000
Some other retail business ideas are:
Also Read: 12 Business Ideas in Assam you must See before Starting
There are three types of retail businesses that you should know about as you begin to think of retail business ideas for yourself.
Low-investment businesses are the ones that require very less investment. They are perfect for people who need a side hustle with their other job. Some examples of low-investment retail businesses in India are stationary, Kirana , Tea stalls, fruit stores, etc.
Medium investment businesses are basically small-scale businesses that have flourished over a period of time. To start a medium investment business you would require slightly more money but not a lot. When it comes to medium investments, Medical stores, Saree shops , Cosmetic stores, and Gift shops are the best example.
High-investment businesses are the kinds that need a lot of money to run. Today, one can get business loans to start such a business in our country. Coffee shops, Ice Cream parlors, Car Wash, and Two-Wheeler showrooms are the best example of high-investment retail businesses.
Here are the top retail business tips for a new business that you need to follow:
Every business needs a full-fledged plan. There are several businesses that are launched each year but only a few of them get successful and that is because they lack proper planning. You must work on a concrete five-year plan for the business that covers all aspects of it.
A plan without a goal is of no use to anyone and would not take you anywhere. One needs to define strategies and tactics to work on various things in a retail business like deadlines, key dates, cash flow , and budget. You must have short-term, mid-term, and long-term plans with you.
There would be many businesses just like yours in the market. There would be some that would be older than your business and there would be some who would be new. What is important is for you to define how you are different from each one of them. Define what is it that you have and they don’t.
Analyze everything regarding your business like who are your competitors, who are your target audience is, how much money you would require etc.
Maximize Your Online Business Potential for just ₹79/month on Lio. Annual plans start at just ₹799 .
To make your dreams come true of having a business of your own and managing it nicely, Lio App can help you big time. The app lets you keep all sorts of data together in a more organized manner. You can keep records, and create tables and lists while working solo or with a team.
The many features of Lio would help you with your retail business as you would be able to maintain all data on a track that you can use at any time. If you want to upload a document, then you can do that. Know the money transactions, cash inflow, profit and loss you are making, Udhaar, list of product s, services, and even the teammates and clients that you have all in one place.
Your retail business ideas will certainly become a successful business if you go on this journey of managing your business with Lio.
Step 1: Select the Language you want to work on. Lio on Android
Step 2: Create your account using your Phone Number or Email Id.
Verify the OTP and you are good to go.
Step 3 : Select a template in which you want to add your data.
Add your Data with our Free Cloud Storage.
Step 4: All Done? Share and Collaborate with your contacts.
Business automation is used by not just big businesses but all entrepreneurs and start-ups. It is something that has really helped companies run a smoother process and learn from their mistakes. Companies who have adopted automation have really made a mark and have from 10X faster with the best possible results.
Lio Automation gives you many amazing features that make your work super simple and effective. There are very many features that will help you and your business in various aspects. From connecting and staying in touch with your customers, to working together as a team, and everything in between, Lio Automation will truly make your business run smoothly and make it reach new heights of success.
If you are using Lio Automation for your business processes consider all your data safe and secure all the time. Not only is the data saved in the cloud, but it also offers a data versioning feature in which you can actually see the many changes the document or file has gone through and who has made those changes. You can save the version of the file as required by you.
You can create dashboards for each file which would give you clear details of your company’s operations, marketing campaigns, sales, and other analytics. This is one useful feature that would truly make a difference to your business and help your see all the processes clearly so that you can make well-informed decisions.
Lio Automation also makes working in teams very easy with their Task feature . you can not just assign tasks to your team efficiently. You can set the priority of each task along with the due date. Your team will get a notification about the task automatically, even on Whatsapp, they can see their assigned tasks in the app, mark them complete, and you will get a notification on Whatsapp!
Not just this, Team management and work allocation are made super easy with Lio Automation. You can also work with teams in real time and see all the changes happening.
Lio also makes collecting valuable reviews from customers very easy with its automation process. Along with this, you can also manage leads very easily with the help of automation. Now no lead would be missed and can be responded to the minute you receive them.
There are several other amazing Lio automation features that are made so that you and your business can benefit from them. Excited to know more about it? Start with your Lio automation process for your brand and start your journey to success.
The retail industry in India is booming. Entrepreneurs should choose from the many retail business ideas that align with their interests and has the potential for scalability.
No matter how small the establishment, proper tracking of all the aspects of the business, including payments, attendance, and credit, is important for long-term success.
Entrepreneurs need not spend money on expensive software when they can simply download templates from Lio on any smartphone or tablet to keep track of their business.
What are the eligibility criteria for a loan in a retail business.
The eligibility criteria are:
– Business must have existed for 6 months – Business should be profitable – Age criteria are a minimum of 18 years and a maximum of 65 years – Annual turnover to be a minimum of 24 lakhs – Good CIBIL score. 700 and above – The applicant should be a citizen of India with no criminal record or with loan defaults.
Retail business is definitely profitable in our country and it also needs very low investment.
The loan details are as under:
Interest rate – Up to 21% p.a. Loan amount – Up to Rs. 75 lakh Loan tenure – Up to 5 years Processing fee – Up to 6.5% of the loan amount + GST
Businesses like grocery, departmental, and convenience stores, drug, rental places, and beauty salons, all come under retail businesses.
No, both retail and wholesale are not categorized under MSME.
Very informative article. Got to learn so much about the retail business. Please keep sharing more business ideas like these.
Hi Jatin, Thank you for your kind words! will surely share more articles related to retail business ideas in the coming weeks. Stay tuned !!
Liked the fact that you have mentioned the profit margin as well as investment amount of each retail business ideas very clearly.
Hello Jasbeer, Thankyou so much for taking your time out to read this. Means a lot.
Is it possible to make a good amount of profit from a thrift store or should I just stick to it as a hobby?
Hello Kanishka, Thankyou for the question. Thrift store definitely helps in bringing profit as it is a lucrative business. Make sure that you offer the right products with right etiquettes in an organized manner along with a good marketing strategy. You’ll do great!
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.
Who on the earth has not visited a “ Clothing Store/shop”? We all have! Whether it’s for weddings or festivals, housewarming or anniversary parties, we Indians are bound to shop for clothes.
Ever dreamt of starting a “Clothing Store business” like the one you buy at?
Well, stop dreaming and start doing!
A “Clothing Store business” is truly a profitable business to venture into if you’re looking for some new clothing business ideas in India. Then this blog definitely helps you to know how to start a clothing business. Of course, there are failures, there are plenty of clothing stores/shops that aren’t performing well, mainly because of lack of proper planning or probably there was no planning at all.
Here are 10 simple steps how to start a clothing store business plan in india:
✔ starting a clothing store/shop business is definitely expensive. in the case of fashion, you’ll need to spend money to make money. it’s likely you’ll need to borrow money to fund your business through a small business bank loan. , ✔ some clothing store/shop businesses are family funded, many small business owners take loans from friends and relatives. see what works out for you., ✔ it’s important not to underestimate the amount of financial capital you’ll need to get started. , ✔ you’ll need to purchase merchandise, pay store rent, buy marketing materials, furnish the store/shop with fixtures and lighting, and other expenses., 2. complete your gst registration, ✔ if your estimated annual turnover < 20 lakhs , get your clothing store business gst registration done to obtain your 15 digit number., ✔ most businesses avoid non-gst companies as every transaction is documented and this can end up in tax violations. it is always better to stick to the tax rules made by the government to avoid any complications., ✔ you can apply for gst registration now., 3. be smart in picking your location, ✔ go where the people are., ✔ find a place which a higher chance of selling profitably., ✔ higher foot traffic the better it is., ✔ if it is beyond your reach, settle for a place with a lot of people coming daily, look for communities that are lacking businesses like the one you want. , ✔ it is always advisable to settle down in the lesser competition area., 4. start your clothing store small business.
Every big business once started small. Plan well before you start taking steps.
✔ estimate how much does the setting up of the clothing store business cost you., ✔ apply for the small business bank loans if necessary., ✔ also, try finding private investors., ✔ know where you should invest, how much to invest., 5. learn from your competition, ✔ visit clothing store doing well in your area. see their products and display style., ✔ note their business hours, location(s), merchandise and items, and services., 6. be creative, competitive but always original, ✔ pick out an attractive name for your clothing store business., ✔ make your shop/store appealing in and out. spend some time and money on it to make it’s interior and exterior better. get some pretty looking shelves attached., ✔ the balance between using the space efficiently yet arrange it attractively to get your customers eyeballs over it. displays inside of the store should also be visually appealing., ✔ make sure that the display clothes are appealing. set up seasonally-appropriate displays with a visual flair that will indicate what’s currently in your inventory. avoid having a cluttered store., 7. filling stocks and finding suppliers.
✔ Have a well-stocked clothing store/shop that appeals to a variety of customers. Acquire enough to fill all of your shelf and display space.
✔ Obtain inventory from more than one source.
✔ Visit local craft, art, or trade fairs, and look online on Etsy (or similar websites).
✔ To start, you’ll need to get in touch with vendors who carry the clothing that you want to sell. A trade show is one of the best places to buy wholesale merchandise for your store. At trade shows, you’ll be able to connect with suppliers and see first-hand their product offerings.
✔ When making orders, consider the amount you’ll need when you first open your store, plus the inventory you’ll need to regularly replace the items that sell. Don’t forget seasonal trends, plus those new styles and clothing brand that become popular. You’ll need to have a diverse mix of clothing while understanding that you won’t necessarily be able to satisfy everyone that walks through your door.
✔ Throughout the process, research the best way to set your prices based on the merchandise you’re selling. You’ll need to determine your mark-up amount, understand effective pricing techniques for your type of store, and know-how to discount merchandise effectively.
✔ First-time inventory will cost you at least 5 Lakhs – 10 lakhs. Again it depends on your business size.
✔ Make sure to include all items based on your customers’ taste – Sarees, Chudidhars, Petticoat, Designer blouse, lehengas, Shirt pieces and many more in demand.
✔ When you first open the Clothing store business, you’ll be on a tight budget and won’t have money to hire help. After several months or a year, though, if your Clothing shop is financially stable enough, start thinking about bringing in additional help.
10. consider hours.
So through this article you got to know how to start a clothing business in India. Now that you know everything about how to start a clothing business then, you should not waste your time and take advantage of it. Also, if you feel that you are not ready with a proper business idea/plan right now, you can take some more time to find some more profitable clothing business plans/ideas and start your business after some time.
Don’t you think that in today’s time online clothing business in India is also a good idea/plan? Now you can also start your own online store through many online platforms and get more benefits.
You may want to read these:
How to start a Grocery Store Business in India?
How to Start a Departmental Store/Kirana Shop in India
How to Start an Organic Food Store in India
How to Start Hardware Store Successfully in India – 11 Steps
# How to start a clothing/apparel store business in India?
Clothing business is one of the most prominent industries in India. Follow these steps below to know how to start a clothing store business plan in India:
# How to start a clothing brand in India?
The things required to start a clothing brand in India are as follows:
# How much does it cost to start an clothing store business?
To start an clothing store business in India, an initial investment of Rs 5 to 10 lakh is required. This includes your location, inventory, staff salaries, and all business license costing, etc.
# Is clothing a good business?
Clothing store business is one of the most profitable and successful businesses in India. If you plan and manage your cash flow properly, you can start making profits within your first year of entering the clothing market.
# Where can I sell clothes online for free?
Generally free websites are not available in India, as they all require some nominal mandatory fee. However, here are some popular websites to sell your clothes online in India:
# Is Boutique Business Profitable in India?
A boutique business can be quite profitable, especially if you deal with women’s apparel. You need an investment of Rs. 2 lakh to Rs. 5 lakhs to start a boutique in India, at least on a small scale.
# How do I manage my clothing boutique?
Here are 10 Awesome Tips for Build Your Boutique Business:
Stay updated about the Latest News on Vyaparapp
Download the BEST GST Compliant Mobile Billing App
Happy Vyaparing!!!
When it comes to setting up a retail business in India, there are many different types of businesses that you can choose from. In this blog post, we will take a look at some of the most popular types of retail businesses in India, and give you a step-by-step guide on how to set up each one.
1. Clothing Store : A clothing store is a great option for those looking to start a retail business in India. There are many different types of clothing stores that you can choose from, including women’s clothing stores, men’s clothing stores, children’s clothing stores, and more.
2. Department Store : Another option for those looking to start a retail business in India is a department store. Department stores offer a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to offer their customers a one-stop shop.
3. Grocery Store : If you are looking to start a retail business that focuses on food, then opening a grocery store may be the right option for you. Grocery stores are always in demand, as they offer customers a convenient way to purchase food and other household items.
4. Home Improvement Store : Home improvement stores are another great option for those looking to start a retail business in India. These types of stores offer customers a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to improve their home’s value.
5. Jewelry Store : A jewelry store is a perfect option for those looking to start a retail business that focuses on selling high-end jewelry. Jewelry stores offer customers a wide variety of products and services, making them a great option for those who want to sell top-quality jewelry.
Now that you know some of the most popular types of retail businesses in India, it’s time to get started on your own. To learn more about how to start a retail business in India, check out our step-by-step guide.
Are you looking to start a retail business in India? There are many things to consider when starting a business, including the type of business, location, and target market. This step-by-step guide will help you get started on the right foot.
1. Choose the right type of business . The first step is to decide what type of retail business you want to start. There are many different types of businesses, so it’s important to choose one that fits your skills and interests. For example, do you want to open a brick-and-mortar store or an online store?
2. Decide on a location . Once you know what type of business you want to start, you need to choose a location. India is a large country with many different regions, so it’s important to choose a location that makes sense for your business. For example, if you want to open a brick-and-mortar store, you need to choose a location with high foot traffic.
3. Identify your target market . Another important consideration is your target market. Who are you selling to? What are their needs and wants? Knowing your target market will help you create a marketing strategy that resonates with them.
4. Create a business plan . Once you have all of the above information, you need to put it all together in a business plan. This document will outline your business goals, strategies, and financial projections. Having a well-thought-out business plan is essential for any successful business.
5. Register your business . The next step is to register your business with the government. This will give you legal status and help you open a bank account and get a tax ID number.
6. Get the necessary licenses and permits . Depending on the type of business you’re starting, you may need to get additional licenses and permits from the government. For example, if you’re starting a restaurant, you’ll need a food license from the health department.
7. Find suppliers and manufacturers . Once you have all of the above in place, you can start sourcing suppliers and manufacturers for your products. It’s important to find reliable partners that can provide high-quality products at a competitive price.
8. Create a marketing strategy . No business can succeed without marketing. You need to create a marketing strategy that will generate awareness for your brand and help you reach your target market.
9. Open your doors for business . After everything is in place, you can finally open your doors for business. Make sure to let your customers know that you’re open and ready to serve them.
10. Evaluate and adjust as needed . Even the best-laid plans can go awry. Be prepared to make changes to your business as needed. Evaluate your performance regularly and make adjustments to improve your bottom line.
There are many benefits of owning a retail business in India. Retail businesses provide goods and services to customers who need them. They also offer opportunities for entrepreneurs to start and grow their businesses. Here are some of the top benefits of owning a retail business in India:
1. Retail businesses can be profitable .
With the right location, products, and marketing strategy, a retail business can be quite profitable. In fact, many retail businesses in India are doing very well.
2. Retail businesses offer opportunities for entrepreneurs to start and grow their businesses.
Starting a retail business in India is a great way to become your own boss and grow your business. There are many resources available to help you get started, including government support and funding programs.
3. Retail businesses provide goods and services to customers who need them.
Retail businesses play an important role in the economy by providing goods and services that people need. They help to create jobs and spur economic growth.
4. Retail businesses can be exciting and challenging.
Owning a retail business can be both exciting and challenging. It’s a great way to test your entrepreneurial skills and build your business acumen. And, if you’re successful, you can enjoy the rewards of owning your own business.
Setting up a retail business in India is not as difficult as it may seem. By following the steps outlined in this guide, you can have your business up and running in no time. Be sure to do your research, choose the right location, and get all the necessary permits and licenses before opening your doors for business. With a little planning and preparation, you can be on your way to success in the retail industry.
Retailcore Software’s Growing Reach
RetailCore will help you get things done
RetailCore is dedicated to service of the world. We believe growth of retail industry is great for the prosperity of nation. RetailCore is made by retailers for retailers. Software is available as online / cloud version or offline / desktop version. Manage your inventory, sales by multiple channels, qr / barcode, branch stores, e-commerce.
Looking to start a clothing brand in India? Well, initially you will feel daunting, especially when faced with questions like, “How do I identify my target market? Where can I find reliable suppliers and manufacturers? How do I set competitive pricing while ensuring a healthy profit margin?” If these uncertainties are holding you back, fear not.
Did you know? The Indian apparel market is big, with the textile and clothing industry valued at approximately $108 billion. It is projected to reach $223 billion by 2021.
This step-by-step guide is your compass, guiding you through the planning to execution stages of creating a fashion brand. We’ll make the process easy and help you establish a distinctive brand identity.
A clothing brand is a unique label or trademark associated with a collection of apparel. Beyond garments, it embodies a distinct identity, style, and ethos, differentiating it in the market. From design to marketing, a clothing brand encompasses a comprehensive process.
This creates a connection with consumers through aesthetics and values. Whether luxury or sustainable, successful brands establish a loyal customer base by resonating with their target audience.
Understanding the financial aspects of starting a clothing line is crucial. Break down the initial costs, including manufacturing, marketing, and website development. Implement budgeting strategies to ensure your financial resources are allocated efficiently. Consider cost-saving measures without compromising the quality and integrity of your brand.
The financial landscape can be daunting, but breaking down costs into categories makes it more manageable. Divide budget segments for fabric sourcing, manufacturing, marketing campaigns, and website development. Tools like QuickBooks can assist in meticulous financial planning.
Pro Tip: Explore crowdfunding platforms like Kickstarter or Indiegogo to raise initial capital. Engaging your future customers in the startup phase not only funds your venture but also builds a community around your brand.
Consider collaborative efforts with local manufacturers or suppliers to negotiate better deals. Leverage the power of bulk purchasing to cut production costs. Tools like Alibaba can connect you with global suppliers, providing cost-effective solutions.
Example: For instance, if your brand focuses on sustainable fashion. Specify the cost of sourcing eco-friendly materials and highlight successful sustainable clothing brands in India like FabIndia or Nicobar.
Let’s get to the step-by-step guide on how to start your clothing business :
This is an important step in building your successful clothing brand:
Commence your journey by securing your brand name and logo. This isn’t just a legal formality; it’s a shield against potential imitations and brand dilution. Utilize online platforms like the Trademark Electronic Application System (TEAS) to streamline the registration process.
Ensure you have all the requisite licenses and permits to operate your clothing business seamlessly. This includes understanding and adhering to local regulations, such as the Goods and Services Tax (GST) in India. Tools like ClearTax can assist in navigating the complex tax landscape.
Compliance with taxation and business regulations is an ongoing process. Consider consulting legal professionals or using services like LegalZoom to stay ahead of any changes. This not only mitigates legal risks but also future-proofs your business against evolving regulatory landscapes.
Pro Tip: Consider conducting a comprehensive trademark search before finalizing your brand name to avoid potential conflicts. This proactive step can save you from legal hassles in the long run.
To start an online clothing store choose a unique and memorable domain name that reflects your brand identity. Set up an e-commerce website using popular platforms like Blinkstore or WooCommerce. Ensure seamless integration of secure payment gateways and implement effective inventory management systems to streamline your online operations.
Selecting a domain name is more than an online address; it’s your brand’s digital identity. Use tools like Namecheap or GoDaddy to check domain availability and ensure it aligns with your brand image.
The choice of your e-commerce platform is pivotal. Platforms like Blinkstore offer user-friendly interfaces, while WooCommerce provides flexibility for customization. Choose based on your brand’s specific needs and future scalability.
The security of online transactions is paramount. Integrate reliable payment gateways such as Razorpay or PayU to instill trust among your customers. Clearly communicate the security measures you’ve implemented to enhance customer confidence.
Efficient inventory management ensures a seamless customer experience. Utilize tools like Zoho Inventory or TradeGecko to track stock levels, automate reorder processes, and avoid stockouts.
Pro Tip: Implement a responsive and mobile-friendly design for your website. With over 90% of internet users in India accessing content through mobile devices, this ensures a broader reach for your online clothing store.
The quality of your products is a defining factor for the success of your clothing brand. Source high-quality fabrics and materials that align with your brand’s aesthetic. Decide whether you’ll opt for external manufacturers or consider in-house production. Create a comprehensive inventory of clothing items that resonate with your target audience.
Invest time in researching and establishing relationships with reliable suppliers. Consider platforms like Textile Infomedia or IndiaMART to connect with fabric manufacturers and wholesalers. Specify the type of materials you’ll be using, whether it’s organic cotton, silk, or sustainable alternatives.
Choosing between external manufacturers and in-house production depends on various factors. External manufacturers may provide cost efficiency, while in-house production offers greater control over quality. Brands like W for Woman exemplify successful in-house production strategies.
Create a diverse yet cohesive inventory that caters to your target audience. Consider the preferences and needs of your niche market. Use tools like Trello or Asana for efficient project and inventory management.
Examples: For instance, if your clothing brand specializes in athleisure wear, mention specific materials like moisture-wicking fabrics and provide examples of successful athleisure brands in India, such as HRX by Hrithik Roshan.
Building a strong brand identity is crucial for successful marketing. Develop a memorable logo and brand image that resonates with your audience. Utilize social media platforms for strategic marketing campaigns, engaging with your audience and creating a loyal customer base. Explore influencer collaborations and partnerships to amplify your brand’s reach. Implement effective SEO strategies to enhance your online visibility.
Invest in a professional logo design that encapsulates your brand’s essence. Utilize platforms like Fiverr or 99designs to connect with talented graphic designers who can bring your vision to life. Ensure consistency in your branding across all platforms for a cohesive image.
Developing a robust social media strategy is essential for brand visibility. Utilize platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Pinterest to showcase your products visually. Schedule posts using tools like Later or Buffer to maintain a consistent and engaging online presence.
Explore partnerships with influencers in the fashion and lifestyle niche. Tools like Influencity or Upfluence can help identify influencers aligned with your brand values. Craft compelling collaborations that authentically showcase your clothing line.
Optimizing your online presence for search engines is imperative. Conduct keyword research using tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs to identify relevant terms for your niche. Incorporate these keywords into your website content, product descriptions, and blog posts for improved search engine rankings.
Learning from the success stories of established clothing brands in India can provide valuable insights. Explore case studies of prominent brands, analyzing their marketing strategies, brand positioning, and customer engagement. These examples serve as inspiration and guidance for your own journey in the competitive fashion market.
In conclusion, starting a clothing brand in India in 2024 requires a combination of passion, strategic planning, and adaptability. The fashion industry is dynamic, and staying ahead involves continuous learning and innovation. Recap the key steps covered in this guide and offer words of encouragement for those embarking on this exciting entrepreneurial journey.
Here are some frequently asked questions about How to Start a Clothing Brand in India.
Starting a clothing brand’s cost can vary widely based on factors like scale, niche, and business model. However, a rough estimate for a small-scale venture could range from INR 5 lakhs to 20 lakhs. This includes expenses for manufacturing, branding, online presence, and legal formalities. Keep in mind that these figures are indicative, and thorough market research is essential for accurate budgeting.
Yes, India offers a vibrant market for clothing brands, and starting your own brand is a viable venture. From designing your collection to selecting manufacturers and establishing an online presence, the process involves careful planning and execution. Ensure you comply with legal requirements, define your niche, and focus on unique selling propositions to stand out in the competitive market.
Clothing brands can be profitable in India, given the diverse consumer base and growing fashion consciousness. Success depends on factors like market positioning, quality, branding, and effective marketing. Conduct thorough market research, understand consumer preferences, and create a unique value proposition to increase the likelihood of profitability.
Registering your clothing brand involves several steps:
a. Choose a Business Structure: Decide on a legal structure, such as a sole proprietorship, partnership, or private limited company. b. Register Your Business: Visit the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) website or use online services like Vakilsearch to register your business. Prepare necessary documents, including PAN and Aadhar cards. c. Trademark Your Brand: Protect your brand identity by registering the brand name and logo with the Trademark Registry. This safeguards your intellectual property. d. GST Registration: If your annual turnover exceeds the threshold, register for Goods and Services Tax (GST) through the GST portal. e. MSME Registration: Consider registering as a Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSME) for potential benefits.
Hi there! I’m Luthfi, a content writer who loves crafting blogs. I’m all about learning new things and contributing to the team’s success.
If you want to have your business and are wondering about how to start a grocery store business in India, then you have landed on the right page.
Starting up a small grocery store in India is a lucrative business idea as the population is increasing and the purchasing power of the average person is rising, so a grocery store is a good business option.
With the boom in the economy and increasing spending power, people prefer to shop at those new age shiny grocery retail stores, where they are treated to large shopping aisles with products stacked neatly on the shelves in a complete AC comfort. The products for daily needs like dairy, cereals, pulses, meat, cleaning items, and more are arranged orderly with their price tags and salespeople on their toes.
So if you have a grocery store business idea to open a Kirana store or a new age shiny grocery store then keep reading to find out how to start up, manage, and grow one so that you make a reasonable profit on it and get good returns on your hard earned investment.business
Prior to starting up your grocery store, you must draw up a business plan for it. You must have deep knowledge of your customers and the competition that lies around you.
Your assessment of the market should be accurate and to achieve success in this business you must have an effective business plan. Spend some time in analyzing your customer base which will help determine your market size and their buying preferences. It will enable you to select the right place to set up your shop and determine the products you want to offer, set your pricing and selling strategy.
Factors which will influence your grocery shop business will include your customers’ background, their location, living standards, products they prefer to buy; when, how much, and how often of it they buy. It is the customer demand that impacts all aspects of your grocery store business and will lead to your success or failure in this business. At the start itself, you need to understand your customer requirements and source products according to their needs and requirements. Check out your competitors and try and see how your customers think of your products relative to your competitors.
You will need to keep in mind that this is a very low margin business and you will need to make sure that there is no margin for error while purchasing inventory. Having a good network with vendors is a huge asset and make sure that you don’t have a packed inventory of more than 20-25 days.
Also Read : 12 Things to Know Before You Become a Fruit Retailer
A grocery store provides all the necessary requirements needed for running a household, so basically, your target market would be the entire neighborhood of the area you want to set up your grocery shop in which would be within 1 or 2 kilometers of reach. For accurate target market assessment, you must zero in on the best location for your small grocery store business, evaluate the potential of the location, and find the perfect customer mix for it.
Also Read : All You Need to Know About Starting a Successful Namkeen Factory
The location of your grocery store is vital as the customer base differs from place to place and products used in urban areas would differ a lot from the products used in the rural areas. Also, the age group of people in your customer base would dictate the kind of products you will need to keep in your store.
Search for a prominent location at the center of town or at a busy market complex. With lots of people shopping there, you could get a good outcome. A good location is vital as it will ensure you have a good amount of footfall every day.
Also, if you are setting up one of the new age grocery stores or convenience stores, then you will need to spend a lot of money on air-conditioning, latest technology, marketing, and a lot more. You can have a blend of the best of these both and create the right mix for your clients.
Now that you have a grocery store business plan in mind and are in the process of setting up your business, it would be totally up to you to decide how much of financial expenses you will be incurring in setting up this business.
The grocery store business start-up cost would be influenced by many factors like the location of the shop and the rent you would need to pay, the inventory you need to buy, and how many salespersons you would be hiring.
Setting up your grocery shop would also involve buying furniture like racks, which are needed to display different products, a table with drawers, etc. You can set up a very basic grocery store in a local area with an investment of Rs 50,000. If you want to set up a modern convenience store or grocery store in an upscale mall or a central location with amenities like AC and many sales persons, then you will need to invest more than Rs 2 lakhs. If the amount is exceeding your budget, then you can always take a business loan from the banks.
Now, make sure you arrange all your products in a neat and systematic way, so that when you customers need anything you can promptly give it to them. You need to also keep a proper account of the inventory and the products being sold, maintain proper account books, and keep a sharp eye on the cash-flow, accounts, and stocks in your grocery store.
Also Read : 15 Best Business Ideas Under 2 Lakhs
To set up a grocery store in India, there are legal formalities and licences that you will need to obtain. These include Food license, entity registration, shop and establishment registration, to name a few. As these are legal requirements, you will need to visit the license authority office to get the grocery store licenses to start a grocery store anywhere in India. Get in touch with a CA before you start your business so that you are properly guided in the legal requirements for setting it up.
Before you start operating your grocery store, you will need to set the right price for the product, which will in turn influence the quantity of items the customer will buy, which has a direct effect on the revenue and profit of your grocery store.
The right prices will help sufficient gross profit to make-up for all the overhead expenses and get a good amount of net profit. You can opt for one of the two pricing methods, namely Markup (cost based) or margin (selling price based).
Grocery stores traditionally have mark-ups of 33% to 67%, or margins of 25% to 40%. As grocery stores cannot purchase inventory in huge volumes, it is advisable to not offer low prices. However, with this, you need to stress more on good service and convenience to your customers.
Also Read : 15 Profitable and Super-Easy Retail Business Start-up Ideas
Hiring sales staff depends completely on the size and requirements of your store, which usually is one person per square feet. Your staff members should be trustworthy and alert. They should be able to handle crowds of people with a smile on their faces. Other requirements are thorough knowledge of the inventory and well-trained and highly motivated personnel.
Source Image: Capital float
To start a best grocery store in India, you will need to have your grocery store business GST registration done. You will get a GSTIN, which is a 15 digit code number or a unique GST identification number. Registration is compulsory only if your annual business turnover crosses a specific number.
If the annual turnover of your grocery store is less than 20 lakhs, it may or may not register itself under GST. But if the annual turnover is more than Rs 20 Lakhs, then it becomes mandatory to be GST registered.
With the implementation of GST in India, most businesses avoid doing any transactions with companies that are not GST registered as every transaction is documented and can end up in reverse taxation. You will need to file 3 monthly GST returns and 1 annual GST return.
Nowadays it is imperative to take the help of the online market to market your grocery store. You will need an online website of your grocery store, with an option of online payment through which you can take orders from consumers and get it delivered right to their doorstep. The consumer of today needs facilities like these and so, apart from having a physical grocery store, you can sell your grocery products online as well.
Advertising is extremely important for any business to get noticed, and for your grocery store to draw maximum customers, you will need to inform your family members, relatives, and friends about your new endeavor as word-of-mouth is the best way of advertising for your grocery store.
Build a good relationship with your customers, as a satisfied customer is your best advertisement. Depending on your custom size and market, make a choice of advertising mediums like flyers, newspapers, TV, business pages, etc.
You can also install a drive-by traffic neon signboard to attract customers. Interesting window displays could help in attracting customers to your grocery store business as well.
The Profit Margin of a grocery store business could vary between 2% to 20% depending on the investment and the income being generated from it.
The future of grocery store business is bright as there is a huge population in India and grocery staples are required in every household family.
With a huge population and booming economy, people in India are ready to spend money on commodities they need on a daily basis. Opportunities are plenty but all you need to do is concentrate on your customer, invest in better infrastructure, improvise on technology, and be ready to soar in your new business.
If you’re passionate about fashion and have always dreamed of starting your own online clothing business in India, you’re in the right place. In this detailed guide, we’ll walk you through the step-by-step process of launching your clothing venture, from conceptualization to execution. Whether you’re interested in designing apparel, selling ready-made garments, or creating a niche in the fashion market, we’ll cover everything you need to know to get started.
According to Statista, the Indian e-commerce market is expected to reach a value of $99 billion by 2024, with fashion being one of the leading segments contributing to this growth. The increasing internet penetration, growing smartphone usage, and rising disposable income among Indian consumers have fueled the demand for online clothing shopping. The convenience of browsing and purchasing a wide range of fashion products from the comfort of their homes has significantly contributed to the popularity and profitability of online clothing businesses in India.
Moreover, the emergence of various e-commerce platforms and the adoption of digital payment methods have made it easier for online clothing businesses to reach a larger audience and facilitate seamless transactions. Additionally, the shift in consumer preferences towards online shopping, especially among the younger demographic, further boosts the profitability prospects of the online clothing industry in India.
1. market research.
Before diving into the clothing business, it’s crucial to conduct thorough market research to understand the current trends, consumer preferences, and competitive landscape. Identify your target audience, niche market, and unique selling proposition (USP) that will set your brand apart.
When starting an online clothing business in India, choosing the right niche is crucial for success. Here are some popular clothing niches in the Indian market, along with data points to help you make an informed decision:
Ethnic wear holds a significant share of the Indian clothing market, driven by cultural events, festivals, and weddings. Many Indian consumers prefer traditional ethnic wear for special occasions and cultural festivities. Ethnic wear caters to a diverse audience, including women, men, and children of all age groups.
Western wear continues to gain traction in India, especially among urban youth and cosmopolitan consumers. It offers a contemporary and trendy fashion aesthetic, appealing to those seeking a modern look. Western wear targets young adults, college students, and urban professionals seeking fashion-forward clothing options.
Casual wear is a staple in Indian wardrobes, offering comfort and style for everyday wear. Indian consumers increasingly prioritize comfort and versatility in their clothing choices, driving demand for casual wear. Casual wear appeals to a broad demographic, including millennials, working professionals, and homemakers.
Athleisure wear has witnessed a surge in popularity in India, fueled by the growing fitness and wellness trend. Indian consumers seek athleisure wear that seamlessly transitions from workouts to casual outings. Athleisure wear caters to health-conscious individuals, fitness enthusiasts, and urban millennials.
There is a growing demand for inclusive fashion options catering to individuals of all body types, including plus-size consumers. Plus-size fashion brands focus on offering stylish and flattering clothing options for curvy individuals. Plus-size fashion appeals to a niche demographic seeking trendy and well-fitting clothing options.
Sustainability has emerged as a key trend in the global fashion industry, including the Indian market. Eco-conscious consumers prioritize sustainable and ethically produced clothing made from eco-friendly materials. Sustainable fashion appeals to environmentally conscious consumers seeking ethical and eco-friendly clothing options.
Maternity wear addresses the unique clothing needs of pregnant women, offering comfort and style during pregnancy. It focuses on providing functional and fashionable clothing that accommodates the changing body shape during pregnancy. Maternity wear caters to expectant mothers seeking comfortable and stylish clothing options for every stage of pregnancy.
When starting a clothing business in India, selecting the right business model is essential for achieving success and profitability. Here are some common business models to consider:
An online retail store operates exclusively through a website or e-commerce platform, selling clothing products to customers nationwide or globally.
Print-on-demand (POD) allows you to create and sell custom-designed clothing products without holding inventory. When a customer places an order, the product is manufactured and printed on demand, typically using digital printing technology.
A hybrid model combines elements of both online retail and brick-and-mortar retail, allowing customers to shop online or visit physical stores to purchase clothing products.
Dropshipping involves partnering with suppliers or manufacturers who fulfil orders on behalf of the retailer. The retailer does not hold inventory but instead transfers customer orders and shipment details to the supplier.
Private label involves creating your brand of clothing products by sourcing them from manufacturers or suppliers who customize the products according to your specifications. You then sell these branded products under your label.
Next, familiarize yourself with the legal and regulatory requirements for starting a clothing business in India. Register your business entity, such as a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability partnership (LLP), or private limited company, depending on your preferences and long-term goals. Obtain necessary licenses and permits from local authorities, including GST registration, trade license, and shop establishment license.
When selecting an e-commerce platform for your clothing business in India, consider factors such as ease of use, customization options, pricing, scalability, integration capabilities, and customer support. Here are some popular e-commerce platforms suitable for clothing businesses:
Shopify is a user-friendly e-commerce platform that offers a wide range of customizable templates and themes specifically designed for clothing stores. It provides tools for inventory management, order processing, and seamless integration with payment gateways and shipping providers.
WooCommerce is a customizable, open-source e-commerce plugin built for WordPress websites. It offers flexibility in design and functionality, allowing you to create a unique online store tailored to your clothing business needs.
Magento is a feature-rich e-commerce platform suitable for larger clothing businesses with complex requirements. It offers scalability, advanced customization options, and extensive built-in features for managing products, orders, and customer data.
Setting the right pricing strategy for your clothing products is essential for the success of your e-commerce store. Here are some steps to help you fix your pricing effectively:
Calculate all the costs associated with producing and selling your clothing products, including materials, manufacturing, labour, packaging, shipping, and overhead expenses. Determine your desired profit margin to ensure that your pricing covers all costs and generates a satisfactory profit.
Conduct market research to understand the pricing strategies of your competitors selling similar clothing products. Analyze their pricing points, discounts, and promotions to determine how your pricing compares and identify opportunities to differentiate your brand.
Evaluate the perceived value of your clothing products in the eyes of your target customers. Consider factors such as brand reputation, quality, uniqueness, and customer service when determining your pricing strategy.
Set competitive prices that are aligned with the value proposition of your clothing products. Balance competitive pricing with maintaining profitability and ensuring that your pricing reflects the quality and uniqueness of your products.
Take into account demand fluctuations and seasonal trends that may impact the pricing of your clothing products. Adjust your pricing strategy accordingly to capitalize on peak demand periods and optimize sales opportunities throughout the year.
Consider offering discounts, promotions, and bundle deals to attract customers and drive sales. Use promotional pricing strategically to create urgency and incentivize purchases, especially during key sales seasons and holidays.
Implement dynamic pricing strategies that allow you to adjust prices in real-time based on factors such as demand, inventory levels, competitor pricing, and customer behaviour. Use data analytics and pricing optimization tools to optimize pricing dynamically and maximize revenue opportunities.
Continuously monitor and evaluate the performance of your pricing strategy. Test different pricing points, discounts, and promotions to identify what resonates best with your target audience and drives the highest conversion rates and profitability.
Communicate your pricing to customers on your e-commerce website. Provide transparent pricing information, including any additional fees or charges, to build trust and transparency with your customers.
After selecting the e-commerce platform, set up your online store, customize the design and layout, and configure essential features such as payment gateways, shipping options, and tax settings.
Choose a domain name that reflects your clothing brand and is easy to remember. Purchase a domain name and set up hosting for your e-commerce website.
Customize the look and feel of your online store to align with your brand identity. Use branded imagery, colours, and fonts to create a cohesive and visually appealing shopping experience.
Upload your clothing products to your e-commerce platform. Write detailed product descriptions, including sizing information, materials, and care instructions. Add high-quality product images to showcase your clothing items effectively.
Integrate payment gateways to securely accept online payments from customers. Offer multiple payment options, including credit/debit cards, digital wallets, and net banking, to cater to diverse customer preferences.
Set up shipping options and rates based on your preferred shipping carriers and delivery zones. Provide clear shipping information, including estimated delivery times and shipping costs, to customers during the checkout process.
Conduct thorough testing of your e-commerce website to ensure that all features and functionalities are working correctly. Test the website on different devices and browsers to ensure compatibility and responsiveness.
Develop a marketing strategy to drive traffic to your e-commerce store and generate sales. Utilize digital marketing channels such as social media, email marketing, and search engine optimization (SEO) to promote your clothing products. Offer special promotions, discounts, and incentives to attract customers and encourage repeat purchases.
Once you have completed all the necessary preparations and testing, it’s time to launch your e-commerce store. Make your store live and announce the launch through your marketing channels, including social media, email newsletters, and your website.
Continuously monitor the performance of your e-commerce store using analytics tools. Track key metrics such as website traffic, conversion rate, average order value, and customer engagement to assess the success of your store.
Offer excellent customer support to address any inquiries or issues that arise. Provide multiple channels for customer communication, such as live chat, email, and phone support, to assist customers effectively.
Once you have a clear business plan in place, focus on sourcing quality fabrics, materials, and apparel accessories for your clothing line. Establish relationships with reliable suppliers, manufacturers, and wholesalers who can provide you with consistent and high-quality inventory at competitive prices. Consider factors such as fabric quality, durability, eco-friendliness, and ethical sourcing practices to align with your brand values.
If you’re planning to design your clothing line, invest time and effort in creating unique and appealing designs that resonate with your target audience. Whether it’s casual wear, ethnic wear, athleisure, or sustainable fashion, ensure that your designs reflect current fashion trends while offering a distinct style that sets your brand apart. Collaborate with skilled pattern makers, tailors, and manufacturers to bring your designs to life.
Develop a strong brand identity that conveys your brand’s story, values, and aesthetic through branding elements such as logos, colour schemes, and packaging. Create a compelling brand narrative that resonates with your target audience and communicates the unique selling points of your clothing line.
Invest in online and offline marketing strategies to build brand awareness, attract customers, and drive sales. Leverage social media platforms, influencer collaborations, fashion shows, pop-up events, and e-commerce platforms to showcase your products and engage with your audience.
Consider various distribution and sales channels to reach your target customers effectively. Explore options such as setting up a physical retail store, partnering with multi-brand retail outlets, selling through e-commerce platforms, or launching your online store. Evaluate the pros and cons of each channel based on factors such as reach, costs, customer experience, and scalability.
Focus on delivering exceptional customer service and fostering positive relationships with your customers. Provide personalized shopping experiences, prompt customer support, and hassle-free return policies to enhance customer satisfaction and loyalty. Encourage customer feedback and testimonials to gain valuable insights into your products and services, identify areas for improvement, and refine your offerings accordingly.
How do i choose the right niche for my online clothing business.
Research current market trends and identify underserved or niche segments. Consider your interests, expertise, and target audience preferences. Evaluate the competition and assess the potential demand and profitability of various niches.
Implement effective digital marketing strategies, including SEO, social media marketing, email marketing, and influencer partnerships. Offer competitive pricing, discounts, promotions, and loyalty programs to incentivize purchases. Optimize your website for mobile devices and ensure a seamless and user-friendly shopping experience. Leverage customer reviews, testimonials, and user-generated content to build trust and credibility. Engage with your target audience through content marketing, blog posts, and social media interactions.
Factor in all costs, including product sourcing, manufacturing, shipping, and overhead expenses. Research competitor pricing and market trends to set competitive yet profitable prices. Consider the perceived value of your products, brand positioning, and target customer demographics. Offer a range of price points to cater to different customer segments and maximize sales opportunities.
Implement inventory management software to track stock levels, sales, and reorder points. Establish relationships with reliable suppliers and manufacturers to ensure timely product availability. Monitor demand trends and adjust your inventory levels accordingly to prevent stockouts or overstocking. Consider dropshipping or print-on-demand services to minimize inventory risk and storage costs.
Register your business entity and obtain GST registration for tax compliance. Ensure compliance with e-commerce regulations, including data protection and consumer rights. Display clear and accurate pricing, shipping, and return policies on your website to comply with consumer protection laws. Obtain necessary licenses and permits for operating an online business in your locality or state.
Offer unique and trendy clothing styles that resonate with your target audience. Provide exceptional customer service, including fast shipping, easy returns, and personalized support. Create engaging and informative content to educate and inspire your audience. Build a strong brand identity and establish a loyal customer base through authenticity and consistency. Collaborate with influencers or brand ambassadors to expand your reach and credibility in the fashion industry.
Hello, I’m Rupak Chakrabarty, a passionate advocate for small and medium enterprises (SMEs) and the driving force behind MUVSI Consulting, where I serve as a dedicated small business coach. With years of experience in the entrepreneurial world and a deep-rooted commitment to helping SMEs thrive, I bring a wealth of knowledge, expertise, and guidance to aspiring and established business owners alike.
By: Author Tony Martins Ajaero
Home » Business Plans » Wholesale & Retail
An Indian grocery store is a retail outlet where different Indian foods and household products are sold on shelves and cabinets.
People love to do their shopping in a grocery store because of the convenience it affords them. A grocery store can be run offline in the conventional retail store, or online on an online e-commerce retail site.
When people are looking for Indian specialty foods or ingredients that can’t be found at the corner store or neighborhood supermarkets, they typically head to Indian grocery stores especially if it is not too far from their location.
1. industry overview.
Indian grocery store is a subset of the overall grocery stores cum retail industry. Grocery stores, including supermarkets, account for the largest share of food store sales in the US. In 2013, grocery stores accounted for 90% of the country’s food and beverage store sales, while supermarkets accounted for 95% of the total grocery store sales.
The food retail industry is a high-volume, low-margin business, with cutthroat competition from all quarters. It includes grocery stores and supermarkets, as well as convenience stores. The staples offered at these stores make the industry non-cyclical.
In addition, grocery stores and supermarkets offer an alternative to restaurants during tough economic times, as buying groceries for home cooking is one alternative. Buying prepared foods, which are new higher-margin offering at grocery stores, is an additional alternative to restaurants.
However, offering new higher-margin items such as gourmet foods, prepared foods, and general merchandise is making this industry more cyclical than in the past, creating pressures on revenue during the recent economic downturn.
Conventional supermarkets are grocery stores with over $2 million in revenue, with average square feet of 15,000. Grocery stores that have less than $2 million in annual revenue sell almost entirely packaged and perishable goods, and are mostly independently owned.
Superstores are supermarkets with about 30,000 square feet, averaging $12 million in revenue. They often have an extended selection of food and nonfood items, with specialty departments such as florists, delis, bakeries, banking, pharmacy, and video rentals.
Combination stores are hybrids of superstores and drugstores under one roof, with an average of 55,000 square feet. The supermarket and grocery stores industry that Indian grocery store is a part of is a major sector of the economy of the united states which generates over 2 billion annually from more than 42,539 outlets scattered all around the United States of America.
The industry is responsible for the employment of over 2,624,650 people. Experts project the Supermarket and grocery industry to grow at a 1.4 percent annual rate.
It is a fact that an estimated two-thirds of the United States’ gross domestic product (GDP) comes from retail consumption of which the supermarket and grocery stores industry contributes greatly. This is why the United States of America’s economy is measured with the yardstick of how well the retailing business is fairing in the U.S.
In essence, when there is an unstable economy, purchasing power drops and it impacts the retailing / grocery stores industry negatively which may result in the closure of some supermarket / grocery stores.
The retail landscape has seen tremendous changes in the last 20 years; it has grown from the usual mom and pop outlets to a more organized and far reaching venture. The introduction of franchise and online store makes it easier for a retailer to reach out to a larger market far beyond the areas where his physical store is located.
It is interesting to note that more grocery shops (Indian grocery stores inclusive) especially lager retail outlets have started to include self-serve checkout lanes in their stores. It creates shorter lines that appeal to consumers; the average customer would not want to stay longer on the queue.
Starting an Indian grocery store business in the United States is a profitable business and it is open to any aspiring entrepreneur to come in and establish his or her business; you can choose to start on a small scale in a street corner like the average mom and pop business or you can choose to start on a large scale with several outlets.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a registered grocery store business that will be located in one of the most populated Indian communities in Dallas – Texas.
We have been able to lease a facility that is big enough (a 5 thousand square foot facility) to fit into the kind of Indian grocery store that we intend launching and the facility is located in a corner piece property directly opposite the largest residential estate in Dallas – Texas.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will retail a wide range of Indian inspired durable and non – durable goods at affordable prices from different brands. We will retail general Indian food products including fresh and prepared meats, poultry and seafood, canned and frozen foods, fresh fruits and vegetables and various dairy products et al.
We are aware that there are several grocery stores in Dallas – Texas that also retail Indian stuffs, which is why we spent time and resources to conduct our feasibility studies and market survey so as to offer much more than our competitors will be offering.
We have self – service options and delivery options for our customers, and our outlet has various payment options. We know that our customers are the reason why we are in business which is why we will go the extra mile to get them satisfied when they visit our Indian grocery store.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will ensure that all our customers are given first class treatment whenever they visit our grocery store.
We have a CRM software that will enable us manage a one on one relationship with our customers no matter how large they may grow to. We will ensure that we get our customers involved in the selection of brands that will be on our racks.
We are aware of the trend in the retail industry and we are not only going to operate a system where our customers would have to come to our store to make purchase but we will also operate an online store and our customers can order our grocery online and they will get it delivered to their houses or any location they want us to deliver the goods to within Dallas – Texas.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a family business that is owned by Raj Punjab and his brother Ravi Punjab. Raj Punjab has a B.Sc. in Business Administration, with over 5 years experience in the retail industry, working for some of the leading brand in the United States; and Ravi has a B.Sc. in Marketing.
Although the business is launching out with just one outlet in Dallas – Texas, but there is a plan to open other outlets all around Texas.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is in the grocery store industry to establish a specialty Indian grocery store and we will ensure we make available a wide range of goods and products from top manufacturing brands in the United States and other countries of the world.
Our product offerings are listed below;
Our Business Structure
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. do not intend to start an Indian grocery store business like the usual mom and pop business around the street corner; our intention of starting an Indian grocery store business is to build a standard Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas.
We will ensure that we put the right structures in place that will support the kind of growth that we have in mind while setting up the business. We will ensure that we hire people that are qualified, honest, customer centric and are ready to work to help us build a prosperous business that will benefit all our stake holders.
As a matter of fact, profit-sharing arrangement will be made available to all our senior management staff and it will be based on their performance for a period of 8 years or more. In view of that, we have decided to hire qualified and competent hands to occupy the following positions;
Merchandize Manager
Sales and Marketing Manager
Information Technologist
Chief Executive Officer – CEO:
Admin and HR Manager
Store Manager:
Accountant/Cashier:
Client Service Executive
Our plan of starting just one outlet of our Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas is to test run the business for a period of 3 to 6 years to know if we will invest more money, expand the business and then open other outlets all over Texas.
We are quite aware that there are a few Indian grocery stores and of course several supermarket and grocery stores all over Dallas – Texas and even in the same location where we intend locating ours who also retail Indian stuffs, which is why we are following the due process of establishing a business.
We know that if a proper SWOT analysis is conducted for our business, we will be able to position our business to maximize our strength, leverage on the opportunities that will be available to us, mitigate our risks and be equipped to confront our threats.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. employed the services of an expert HR and Business Analyst with bias in retailing to help us conduct a thorough SWOT analysis and to help us create a Business model that will help us achieve our business goals and objectives. This is the summary of the SWOT analysis that was conducted for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.;
Part of what is going to count as a positive for us is the fact that we are one of the very few stores in Dallas Texas that is solely committed to retailing Indian groceries.
So also, our location, the business model we will be operating, varieties of payment options, wide range of products and our excellent customer service culture will definitely count as a strong strength for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.
From our findings, one major weakness that may count against us is the fact that we are a new Indian grocery store outlet and we don’t have the financial capacity to compete with multi – billion dollars supermarket and grocery store outlets that also retail Indian groceries when it comes to retailing at rock bottom prices.
The fact that we are going to be operating our Indian grocery store in one of the most populated Indian communities in Dallas – Texas provides us with unlimited opportunities to sell our groceries to a large number of people especially people from Indian descent.
We have been able to conduct thorough feasibility studies and market survey and we know what our potential clients will be looking for when they visit our Indian grocery outlet; we are well positioned to take on the opportunities that will come our way.
We are fully aware that one of the major threats that we are likely going to face is economic downturn. Another threat that may likely confront us is the arrival of a new Indian grocery store, supermarket, grocery store or retail outlet who would want to engage in the sale of Indian groceries in same location where ours is located.
It is important to state that any trend that is applicable to businesses in the supermarket and grocery store industry is applicable to Indian grocery stores.
Grocery stores have been in existence for as long as humans started trading goods, but one thing is certain, the industry that Indian grocery store business is a part of is still evolving. The introduction of technology and subsequently online retail has indeed helped in reshaping the industry.
It is now a common phenomenon for grocery outlets to leverage on technology to effectively predict consumer demand patterns and to strategically position their shops to meet their needs; in essence, the use of technology helps retailers to maximize supply chain efficiencies.
No doubt data collected from customers goes a long way to help supermarkets and grocery stores serve them better. Another common trend in the grocery store industry is the pricing system. Aside from having varieties of products in a store, one of the easiest ways grocery stores sell their goods is to ensure that the prices of their goods are a bit lower than what is obtainable elsewhere.
For example, it is common to see items with prices in this format; $3.99, $99.99 and $199.99 et al as against $4, $100 and $200. Supermarkets and grocery stores also engage in massive clearance sales and discount sales to attract customers. It is a strategy that helps them welcome new customers and also reinforce the loyalty of old customers.
We know that there are loads of migrants from India and other Asian countries who will be interested in doing their shopping in an Indian grocery store because of what they stand to gain. With a wide variety of authentic regional ingredients, we strive to reconnect people with the familiar flavors of india.
In view of that, we have positioned our Indian grocery store to service residents of Dallas – Texas and every other location our store will be located. We have conducted our market research and we have ideas of what our target market would be expecting from us. We are in business to retail a wide range of Indian groceries to the following groups of people;
Our Competitive Advantage
A recent study conducted on the grocery store industry reveals that the market has become much more intensely competitive over the last decade. As a matter of fact, you have to be highly creative, customer centric and proactive if you must survive in this industry.
We are aware of the competition and we are prepared to compete favorably with other leading Indian grocery stores in Dallas – Texas.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is launching a standard Indian grocery store that will indeed become the preferred choice of Indian migrants and other residents of Dallas – Texas. Our store is located in a corner piece property on a busy road directly opposite one of the largest Indian community in Dallas – Texas.
One thing is certain, we will ensure that we have a wide range of products available in our store at all times. It will be difficult for customers to visit our store and not see what they are looking for. One of our business goals is to make Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. a one stop shop.
Our excellent customer service culture, online store, various payment options and highly secured facility will serve as a competitive advantage for us.
Lastly, our employees will be well taken care of, and their welfare package will be among the best within our category in the industry meaning that they will be more than willing to build the business with us and help deliver our set goals and achieve all our aims and objectives.
We will also give good working conditions and commissions to freelance sales agents that we will recruit from time to time.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is in business to retail a wide range of Indian groceries. We are in the industry to maximize profit and we are going to go all the way out to ensure that we achieve or business goals and objectives. We will retail groceries such as;
One thing is certain when it comes to specialty stores like Indian grocery stores, if your store is well stocked with a wide range of Indian groceries and centrally positioned, you will always attract customers cum sales and that will sure translate to increase in revenue generation for the business.
We are well positioned to take on the available market in Dallas – Texas and we are quite optimistic that we will meet our set target of generating enough profits from our first six months of operation and grow the business and our clientele base.
We have been able to critically examine the industry, we have analyzed our chances in the industry and we have been able to come up with the following sales forecast. The sales projections are based on information gathered on the field and some assumptions that are peculiar to startups in Dallas – Texas.
N.B : This projection was done based on what is obtainable in the industry and with the assumption that there won’t be any major economic meltdown and there won’t be any major competitor offering same products as we do within same location. Please note that the above projection might be lower and at the same time it might be higher.
Before choosing a location for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. we conducted thorough market survey and feasibility studies in order for us to penetrate the available market and become the preferred choice for residents of Dallas – Texas.
We have detailed information and data that we were able to utilize to structure our business to attract the number of customers we want to attract per time.
We hired experts who have good understanding of the supermarket and grocery industry especially specialty stores to help us develop marketing strategies that will help us achieve our business goal of winning a larger percentage of the available market in Dallas – Texas.
In summary, Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will adopt the following sales and marketing approach to win customers over;
Even though our Indian grocery store is well located, we will still go ahead to intensify publicity for the business. Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. has a long term plan of opening outlets in various locations all around Texas which is why we will deliberately build our brand to be well accepted in Dallas before venturing out.
As a matter of fact, our publicity and advertising strategy is not solely for winning customers over but to effectively communicate our brand. Here are the platforms we intend leveraging on to promote and advertise Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.;
Pricing is one of the key factors that give leverage to grocery stores and an Indian grocery store is not an exception. It is normal for consumers to go to places where they can get groceries at cheaper price which is why big players in the industry will attract loads of consumers.
We know we don’t have the capacity to compete with multi – million dollars’ grocery stores that retail Indian groceries but we will ensure that the prices of all the products that are available in our store are competitive with what is obtainable amongst Indian supermarkets and grocery stores within our level.
The payment policy adopted by Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is all inclusive because we are quite aware that different customers prefer different payment options as it suits them but at the same time, we will ensure that we abide by the financial rules and regulation of the United States of America.
Here are the payment options that Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will make available to her clients;
In view of the above, we have chosen banking platforms that will enable our client make payment for groceries purchase without any stress on their part. Our bank account numbers will be made available on our website and promotional materials.
From our market survey and feasibility studies, we have been able to come up with a detailed budget on achieving our aim of establishing a standard Indian grocery store and here are the key areas where we will spend our startup capital;
We would need an estimate of $300,000 to successfully set up our Indian grocery store in Dallas – Texas.
Generating Startup Capital for Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. is a family business that is owned and financed by Raj Punjab and his brother Ravi Punjab. They do not intend to welcome any external business partners which is why he has decided to restrict the sourcing of the startup capital to 3 major sources.
These are the areas we intend generating our startup capital;
N.B: We have been able to generate about $100,000 ( Personal savings $80,000 and soft loan from family members $20,000 ) and we are at the final stages of obtaining a loan facility of $200,000 from our bank. All the papers and documents have been signed and submitted, the loan has been approved and any moment from now our account will be credited with the amount.
It is an established fact that the future of a business lies in the number of loyal customers that they have, the capacity and competence of the employees, their investment strategy and the business structure. If all of these factors are missing from a business, then it won’t be too long before the business close shop.
One of our most important goals of starting out is to build a business that will survive off its own cash flow without the need for injecting finance from external sources once the business is officially running. We know that one of the ways of gaining approval and winning customers over is to retail our Indian groceries a little bit cheaper than what is obtainable in the market and we are prepared to survive on lower profit margin for a while.
Punjab Brothers® Indian Grocery Store, Inc. will make sure that the right foundation, structures and processes are put in place to ensure that our staff welfare are well taken of. Our company’s corporate culture is designed to drive our business to greater heights and training and retraining of our workforce is at the top burner.
We know that if that is put in place, we will be able to successfully hire and retain the best hands we can get in the industry; they will be more committed to help us build the business of our dreams.
Check List/Milestone
Complete guide on how to set up kirana business.
If you're planning to start a Kirana business in India then this guide is definitely going to help you with your research. From detailed kirana store business plan to steps to set up a kirana business, investment required, and profit margin, we have tried to cover all the finer details. Kirana stores are the lifeline of every Indian locality and probably one of the only industries which do not require any fancy Master's degree from an expensive college. Knowledge, decent funding, and a drive to open your store are all you need to begin your journey in this humongous market.
A Kirana store business doesn't have a specific target audience but due to its heavy market presence, the competition mostly remains high. Venturing into traditional marketing methods won't work that effectively in 2020 hence, we are here to upgrade your expertise.
Before we begin discussing the steps to setup Kirana business let us understand-
Check out these easy steps and effective methods on how to start Kirana store business.
Once you have the solid kirana store business plan , you can proceed further to the next steps.
This is the most important part of starting a Kirana store. Your locality has the potential to make or break your business even before you begin.
For instance, a small grocery store in a village will deal with affordable household articles where the consumers are mostly local merchants, farmers, and middle-class families.
After you have finalised your locality for opening a Kirana store, the target shifts to understanding your daily or potential customers.
Also Read: Eco-Friendly Business Ideas for Small Business Owners
When you are zeroing in on location, commodities, suppliers, and staff do not forget to skip your investments on the same.
On average, a decent store investment with all costing might start from 50,000 rupees to 2 lakhs in the beginning.
There are certain legal laws and licenses to open a grocery store in India that's mandatory to abide by. These permits include-
Most store owners have a fixed time during the weekdays, even though they live close-by.
Before beginning to open your store, you should visit your nearby competitive stores to get a lay of the land.
Also Read: Mantras and Tips for a successful business
When you are a first-timer or a fresher in your area, you have to come up with various methods to keep your customers engaged and increase sales gradually.
You can also use the OkCredit application to streamline your increased sales in the Kirana business and maintain a digital ledger of all the credit and payment transactions with your customers. This will reduce manual and mental burdens, and help you reclaim time for focusing on core activities. Get rid off conventional bahi khatas and go digital with OkCredit. Download OkCredit now!
1) Grocery Stores In Lucknow 2) Grocery Stores In Jaipur 3) Grocery Stores In Bangalore 4) Grocery Stores In Chandigarh 5) Grocery Stores In Kolkata 6) Grocery Stores In Mumbai
Stay updated with new business ideas & business tips with OkCredit blogs in English, Hindi, Malayalam, Marathi & more! Download OkCredit now & get rid of your bookkeeping hassles. OkCredit is 100% Made in India.
Q. how do i start a kirana store business.
Ans: For starting a Kirana store business you need to take care of-
Ans: 1. Yes, The Kirana store business is profitable in the long term.
2. Starting on a smaller market will give you a chance to experience market conditions and limit your chances of failure.
Ans: For starting a small-scale grocery store business, you need to-
Ans: 1. A Kirana store is your small day-to-day departmental store that stocks most of your household items.
2. Generally, small scale local stores sell products on MRP or avoid offering king size products and focus on small quantities to stabilise sales like- noodles packets, laundry detergents, soaps, atta, etc.
Ans. Kirana (kɪˈrɑːnə ) (in India) is actually a Hindi language origin word, that usually means a daily needs departmental store run by families.
Ans: 1. Kirana store is one of the few top businesses that have boomed during the Pandemic .
2. Yes, survival or a Kirana store or grocery store is a definite possibility in every season and year.
Ans: 1. Yes. The Food industry and consumption are one of the best businesses that stay atop in India.
2. With the correct amount of investments and target marketing, grocery stores start to doll out profits within months of beginning.
Ans: 1. Kirana in English is common for a grocery or a general provisions store.
2. In India, the Kirana store means daily supplies or your local departmental store.
Ans: The licenses needed for opening a Kirana store in your locality are-
Ans: 1. Apart from store capacity, the profitability for grocery stores in India ranges from anywhere between 5% to 25% percent.
2. Kirana store is a fruitful market in India, and, hence, many local and imported brands compete to provide and maximise their reach in the common man's market.
Ans: 1. In common terms, wholesalers, and retailers buy or sell commodities on a week-long credit-based system which major conglomerates do not.
2. Inventories for Kirana stores are purchased on a credit basis, sold later, and paid back to the distributor whilst understanding profitability margins.
Ans: There are many steps to start and manage an online business, its best to make your store digital instead of collaborating with eCommerce websites. If you want to take your business online for free, you can use the app- OkShop . In this app, you can-
Ans: In India, including things like- licenses, rent, provisions, etc. you can easily expect your Kirana store startup cost to reach around Rs. 50,000 in the initial stage.
Ans: 1. According to various records and surveys, India has over 12 million Kirana stores across the country.
2. It is one of the most profitable businesses in India.
We hope our article helped you with your research. You can also find detailed list of grocery stores in these cities: | ||
Check out the best of small business ideas, information on GST, business tips & tricks & more.
Cable manufacturers in india [5 best manufacturers], air compressor manufacturer in india [top 11 manufacturers], pet bottle manufacturers in india [top 7 manufacturers], paint manufacturers in india [6 best manufacturers], silk saree manufacturers in india [best manufacturers], you might be interested in, foreign direct investment(fdi) 101: a complete guide, series funding [types, how it works and more], sustainable architecture ideas that can improve our lives.
In the heart of Indian communities, the Kirana store stands as a pillar of togetherness and a custodian of convenience. It’s where familiar faces welcome you with a smile, and where shop owners know your preferences by heart. It’s a bond, not just a business.
As the Kirana store transforms with digital solutions, it preserves its core values. This blog will explore the Kirana store’s evolution while providing insights on starting a Kirana store, including its benefits and the required licenses.
A Kirana store, often called a neighbourhood or corner store, is a small, independent retail shop that typically sells a wide range of everyday essentials and groceries.
Kirana stores are the backbone of the retail landscape in India and serve as convenient outlets for consumers to purchase daily necessities like groceries, personal care products, snacks, and more. Their proximity to residential areas sets Kirana stores apart, making them easily accessible to the local community.
Operating a Kirana store offers a multitude of benefits, forming a solid Kirana store business model. These include the following points.
Your Kirana store’s inventory is more than merchandise; it’s the lifeblood of your business. In addition to essentials, your shelves should house quick shopping items for busy souls, irresistible impulse purchase products, personal care essentials for self-pampering, locally sourced and homemade delicacies, seasonal and festival specialities to ignite joy, baby care necessities, and even pet supplies for your four-legged neighbours. The key is to understand your community’s preferences and demands to curate a unique mix of goods that caters to their needs.
Gofrugal’s Kirana shop software can be your compass in navigating the vast inventory landscape, helping you make data-driven decisions and ensuring you’re stocked with the right products at the right time.
The location of your Kirana store is not just about bricks and mortar; it’s your presence in the community. Seek high visibility in a location with ample parking facilities, easy accessibility, and a safe environment. Families, in particular, consider safety and security when choosing where to shop. Your Kirana store should be more than just a shop; it should be a trusted haven where neighbours come for their daily needs and where they feel secure.
Effective inventory management is crucial for your Kirana store’s success and should be a part of your Kirana store business model. To achieve this, you can use FIFO (First-In-First-Out) rotation to minimize stockouts and overstock. Additionally, employing inventory management software , like Gofrugal, is a great way to streamline your operations. This software helps you plan for seasonal and festive inventory, track product shelf life, and reduce waste. With Gofrugal, your Kirana store can run efficiently, ensuring your community’s needs are always met.
Your Kirana store is more than just a place of commerce; it’s a hub for meaningful customer relationships . Building a strong local customer base is crucial. Engage with your customers by greeting them with their names, thanking them after their visit, and being readily available to answer their queries about product availability by phone, SMS, or WhatsApp . Go beyond transactional interactions to create a sense of trust. Become a trusted friend in your customers’ lives.
Sourcing products locally benefits not only your business but also your community. It supports local businesses, reduces your carbon footprint, and ensures fresh and relevant products. By building relationships with local suppliers, you can understand their offerings and they can learn your unique needs and offer each other support. It’s a win-win for everyone involved.
Business retail.
Showroom launches are being planned in UAE, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, India, and USA
Dubai: Leading jewellery retailer Malabar Gold and Diamonds announced Monday plans to launch 20 new showrooms in October this year. The new showrooms will be located in various locations in India, the GCC (including the UAE), and the United States.
“The ambitious expansion plan will mark a significant chapter in the brand’s growth journey, further cementing its reputation as one of the world’s largest and most trusted jewellery retail chains,” the company said.
The company plans to strengthen its presence in the GCC by opening new outlets in the UAE, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia. The new showrooms are planned for the Muweilah neighbourhood in Sharjah, Muaither in Qatar, and Nakheel Mall in Dammam.
Get exclusive content with Gulf News WhatsApp channel
It said that in India, the group plans to launch three showrooms in Uttar Pradesh, two showrooms each in Delhi, Maharashtra, Karnataka, and Rajasthan, and one showroom each in Odisha, Telangana, West Bengal, and Punjab.
The brand’s growing presence in North America will also be bolstered by the launch of two new showrooms in Artesia, Los Angeles, and Atlanta, Georgia.
Abdul Salam KP, vice-chairman of Malabar Group, said the opening of 20 showrooms in October is a momentous achievement but is part of the wider expansion we have planned for the upcoming months.
He added that the group is also gearing up to expand into countries such as South Africa, Egypt, Turkey, Bangladesh, France, and New Zealand.
MP Ahammed, Chairman of Malabar Group, said, “The aggressive expansion we have charted is about growing sustainably and responsibly, ensuring that our expansion benefits not just our business but also society at large.”
The company said every new showroom will showcase a wide range of jewellery collections, from traditional to contemporary designs.
“With a focus on both geographical diversification and strengthening our presence in existing markets, we are ahead of the curve in terms of market penetration. We are committed to offering not just jewellery, but an experience that delights and inspires our customers, ensuring they find pieces that resonate with their personal style and cultural heritage,” said Shamlal Ahamed, MD-International Operations, Malabar Gold and Diamonds.
The largest number of new showrooms is planned for India. Asher O, Managing Director of India Operations, said, “Considering the enormous potential it holds, the crux of our expansion is focused on the Indian Market. With the government slapping import duty on gold, we firmly believe that India will witness a meteoric rise in demand for gold jewellery, and with the charted expansion, we are well poised to cater to this need.”
Photos: abu dhabi hunting and equestrian exhibition, qatar airways to inspect fleet of a350 jet engines, fintok: the new age of financial advice, karak tea: the secret ingredients that make it popular, is gluten the culprit behind your digestive woes.
Get Breaking News Alerts From Gulf News
We’ll send you latest news updates through the day. You can manage them any time by clicking on the notification icon.
To continue, please click the box below to let us know you're not a robot.
Please make sure your browser supports JavaScript and cookies and that you are not blocking them from loading. For more information you can review our Terms of Service and Cookie Policy .
For inquiries related to this message please contact our support team and provide the reference ID below.
Follow our news, recent searches, israel's tower semiconductor, adani plan $10 billion chip project in india, advertisement.
FILE PHOTO: Semiconductor chips are seen on a circuit board of a computer in this illustration picture taken February 25, 2022. REUTERS/Florence Lo/Illustration/File Photo
NEW DELHI :Israel's Tower Semiconductor and Adani Group will invest 839.47 billion rupees ($10 billion) for a semiconductor project in India's western state of Maharashtra, its chief minister said in a post on X on Thursday.
India has taken steps to encourage global companies to set up their manufacturing units in the country, with Prime Minister Narendra Modi aiming to make the country a chipmaker for the world despite initial setbacks.
Foxconn withdrew in July last year from a $19.5 billion semiconductor joint venture with Indian conglomerate Vedanta, and plans by ISMC, a venture between Abu Dhabi-based Next Orbit Ventures and Tower Semiconductor, to invest $3 billion in India, have been stalled.
Still, India expects its semiconductor market to be worth $63 billion by 2026.
Semiconductor manufacturing marks the latest foray for billionaire Gautam Adani, whose conglomerate has businesses across ports, power utilities, transmission and coal trading.
The $10 billion semiconductor plant in Maharashtra will initially have a capacity of 40,000 wafers, the state's deputy chief minister Devendra Fadnavis said in a post on X.
Chief Minister Ehnath Shinde said in a social media post that projects worth 1.17 trillion rupees were approved on Thursday, which will create 29,000 jobs in the state.
Two new electric vehicle manufacturing units will also be set up in the state, with Skoda-Volkswagen investing 150 billion rupees for its plant to produce electric vehicles and hybrids.
Toyota-Kirloskar will dole out 212.73 billion-rupees to manufacture hybrid and electric vehicles at its plant in the state.
Adani group, Tower Semiconductor, Skoda-Volkswagen and Toyota-Kirloskar did not immediately respond to a request for comment from Reuters.
($1=83.9020 Indian rupees)
Get our pick of top stories and thought-provoking articles in your inbox
Stay updated with notifications for breaking news and our best stories
Get WhatsApp alerts
Join our channel for the top reads for the day on your preferred chat app
This browser is no longer supported.
We know it's a hassle to switch browsers but we want your experience with CNA to be fast, secure and the best it can possibly be.
To continue, upgrade to a supported browser or, for the finest experience, download the mobile app.
Upgraded but still having issues? Contact us
Fri, Sep 06, 2024 | Rabi al-Awwal 4, 1446
Dubai 20°C
Move underscores india's growing role in the global supply chain.
Published: Thu 5 Sep 2024, 5:27 PM
Last updated: Thu 5 Sep 2024, 7:10 PM
Amazon Inc plans to export about $5 billion of small-ticket items from India this year, up from nearly $3 billion in 2023, supplying markets such as the United States and Britain, a company official said, marking a shift away from China.
The move by one of the world's largest e-commerce companies underscores India's growing role in the global supply chain and reflects a broader trend among multinational corporations to diversify sourcing away from China.
Walmart Inc plans to hike its supplies from India to $10 billion a year by 2027, up from about $3 billion in 2020.
"India is naturally one of the largest sources of selection for Amazon," Bhupen Wakankar, director of global trade at Amazon, told Reuters in an interview on Thursday.
He said Amazon had partnered with the India's commerce ministry and trade associations to connect with thousands of small manufacturers across the country, offering products from textiles and jewellery to household items and Ayurveda products.
Such items are usually easy to post directly to customers abroad and less affected by import taxes than costlier products.
"We are investing significantly in tools and technologies to help sellers optimise their reach, enhance product discovery, and increase sales," he said, ahead of an exporters' meeting in New Delhi.
Amazon and Walmart's Flipkart have reshaped India's retail landscape in recent years, investing billions of dollars to source supplies from small businesses and attracting consumers through hefty discounts.
But they face criticism from trading and political groups.
India's commerce minister has accused Amazon and other e-commerce companies of predatory pricing practices and said the sector's rapid rise should not disrupt millions of brick-and-mortar stores operating in the country.
Last June, Amazon announced plans to increase its investments in India to $26 billion by 2030, including funds for its cloud business.
Through the Global Selling Programme, initiated in 2015, Amazon has enabled about 150,000 small Indian exporters to sell roughly $8 billion worth of products directly to overseas consumers by the end of 2023, Wakankar said.
Lending surge, higher income to prop up gcc banks in 2024.
GCC banks have consistently maintained a higher return on equity
business 1 day ago -->
FCA asks senior leaders to take personal responsibility for ensuring rules have been complied with
business 2 days ago -->
The deal has come under increasing criticism from U.S. politicians
Several checks and balances are already in place to monitor overseas investments
business 3 days ago -->
A spokesman for the brand, part of Volkswagen group , on Tuesday described Longo as a person of 'great integrity, culture, capability and sensitivity'
A common challenge for businesses is determining the commencement of their first tax period
business 4 days ago -->
ADIB’s rating has been elevated to AA from A in the annual update
The metal's short-term fate will be determined by the Fed's monetary policy outlook, a senior market analyst said
This financial tool allows one to resolve their queries related to Public Provident Fund account.
When investing in a fixed deposit, the amount you deposit earns interest as per the prevailing...
The National Pension System or NPS is a measure to introduce a degree of financial stability...
Mutual Funds are one of the most incredible investment strategies that offer better returns...
Popular categories, hot on the web, trending topics, living and entertainment, latest news.
According to the report, the indian edtech sector reported the highest-funded quarter in q3 2021 with an overall funding of $2.48 billion.
More from this section.
Don't miss the most important news and views of the day. Get them on our Telegram channel
First Published: Sep 06 2024 | 4:47 PM IST
Start selling with Shopify today
Start your free trial with Shopify today—then use these resources to guide you through every step of the process.
Are you good at finding unique clothes, home decor products or items? It's time to start a thrift store online, and here's your complete guide on it.
If you start searching for #thriftindia on Instagram, you will see 475k posts (as of December 18, 2021), and the number is increasing by the day. This only goes to show the rise of thrift culture in India that is leading to consumers making more sustainable choices.
What started out as a result of the pandemic to raise awareness around sustainability, has now become a huge phenomenon in the country as per Femina . Purchasing and owning upcycled or seconds is no longer being looked down upon.
Now if you have a knack for curating unique products, we’d call that an opportunity to finally start that online business you’ve been dreaming about. In this article, we’re going to tell you all that you need to know to run a successful thrifting business online.
Even though thrifting is fast picking up in India, the way thrift stores are being run is still fairly inefficient.
Most thrifting businesses are running their stores on Instagram, managing the posting of products, descriptions, pricing and handling queries as they come.
Here’s what the typical process looks like:
We have also noticed some thrifting stores follow the same process above on chat apps like WhatsApp and Telegram.
Seeing the number of thrifting stores coming up every week and the number of consumers interested in their products, the future looks promising for this business model in India.
But like every new opportunity, there are some challenges when it comes to running and growing the business.
Thrifting might come naturally to you. But if you’re thinking about running a thrift store as a business, there are some possible challenges you should be aware of. Here are a few areas we see most thrift stores struggling with:
Most thrifting stores follow the traditional way of taking orders. They post the products available, asking consumers to drop a comment to book them; the first one then gets contacted through messages to confirm the order. If the order is not confirmed, the second person to book the product in comments gets contacted.
But imagine having to sift through all the comments that get posted within close seconds or minutes, then reaching out to people one by one to get the order confirmed - it gets overwhelming all too soon and sometimes it takes these store owners 24-48 hours to get in touch with customers.
Managing orders this way is not just inefficient, but also compromises the shopping experience you offer to customers because they keep waiting for your message right from the moment of wanting to book a product to paying for it. The entire process is too time consuming.
Once an order is confirmed with a consumer, the store owner is required to reach out to them and let them know of the available payment modes. This typically includes Google Pay, UPI, PayTM or bank transfer in most cases.
But either way, there is a back and forth, asking the customers which payment method they’d like to place the order with, sending them the details and then asking them to send a screenshot to confirm the order has been paid for.
While this may seem easy to do when you receive 1-2 orders a day, doing this at scale is going to result in losing track of orders and eventually, the money.
Packaging and shipping thrifted products is a whole new level of overwhelming tasks. You need to deliver an experience and that means packing the orders well with small things like thank you notes, etc.
Doing this at scale and then walking to the nearest post office or getting a delivery partner to come pick up orders once ready, can be time consuming. That’s why so many of these thrifting stores are often dealing with disgruntled customers reaching out to them for order status, refunds and cancellations.
Once an order does get placed, thrift stores have to manually reach out to the customers with information like tracking numbers. Post which, there is a lack of communication between the store and the customer, leading to a low brand recall.
The lack of consistent communication results in post-purchase anxiety for most customers until they receive their orders, and forgetting where they made a purchase from just 30 days down the line!
Every time a store has thrifted a new collection, they need to build up an excitement and then gradually launch it by posting them one by one. Imagine posting about 100 products, each with descriptions and the inflow of comments to book them as the posts go live.
Yes, launching new products gets tougher with bigger drops, especially as your audience (and catalogue) grows.
The above challenges have led to many thrift stores eventually shutting down, not being able to keep up with customer expectations. But there’s a way out of it all - Set up an online store for your thrifting store .
Let’s walk you through step-by-step to launch a successful thrifting business online.
If you’ve decided to start thrifting as a business, let’s walk you through a series of steps we have seen the successful ones follow.
Set up an online store for your thrifting business .
Similar to dropshipping, you have the option to thrift different types of products. But we recommend starting with a niche to keep your efforts streamlined. One of the most popular thrifting niche is fashion and apparel, and accessories.
Identify a category you’re truly passionate about. You can always add more categories of products to your store as you start to understand consumers, their interests, where you can find them and what really sells.
The next step is to start looking for markets you can source products from. It’s a good idea to visit factory reject stores or local markets in the city - some that are frequented by your target audience and some that they’re not able to reach.
For example, Sarojini Market in Delhi is an awesome place to find clothing and accessories. And then there is Banjara Market in Gurgaon that you can source home decor as well as furniture from.
Another smart way to find items to sell, is to look at the things you, your family and friends own. You can start with items that are no longer used by you or your network, but may be of use to others.
Depending on the products you sell, you can also explore liquidation sales/ auctions to find branded items, or work with consignment stores near you.
The one thing that’s going to be important for selling your thrifted items, are visuals. Spend some time thinking about the aesthetic you’d like to create and how you’d like to photograph your products.
Here are some resources to help you get started:
Now comes the step that can get you closer to success - making it easy for people to shop from your thrifting business. You can set up an online store without having to code using Shopify.
A few links to help you get started here:
If you need help setting up an online store for your thrifting business, you can also reach out to one of our Shopify experts .
Another challenge that thrifting businesses without an online store face, is offering a preferred payment mode to shoppers. But now that you have a store set up, you can offer them payments via credit or debit cards, digital wallets, bank transfer, UPI or even cash on delivery.
Here are some resources on setting up payment modes:
Once you have all the products up on your storefront, it’s time to look into how you will be fulfilling the orders you receive. So before you start taking orders, find a delivery partner to work with you.
1. set up your social media accounts .
Once your store is live, it’s time to introduce your audience to it and the best way to do it is social media. Based on the audience you’re targeting, set up separate social media accounts for your thrifting business.
Some of the popular channels to cover include Facebook and Instagram. Since these are easier to get started with and the majority of your target audience is active on them, you’ll be able to reach them faster.
The next step is for you to take the plunge. It’s time to get your product noticed and for that, you need a marketing plan in place. This will help you keep things streamlined from day one, both in terms of time and the resources available to you.
To help you get started with a robust marketing plan, here are some resources:
Even when it comes to thrifting, about 60% of the buying journeys start from the search engine. So if you want to get your store noticed, it’s time to target the right keywords and optimize your store pages, product descriptions and images to rank for the high intent searches.
For example, if you sell thrifted branded bags, you can target ‘Prada second hand bags’ and similar keywords.
To help you get started with SEO, here are some useful resources:
With all the basics in place, you’re all set to drive traffic to your thrifting store. Make use of social media to grab attention, posting content consistently across all the channels you’re active on.
Start small by posting product images and describing them best in the captions below. You can then experiment with other content formats depending on the channel to engage your audience better. For example, using Reels to show how a product looks while wearing it on Instagram.
Remember, the idea is to remain consistent with your content - even when you don’t have a drop on your thrift store. Consumers today are quick to move on to the next store!
Ranking on the search engine may take some time. Getting noticed on social media platforms may take a while too. But the products you’ve thrifted may or may not appeal to an audience segment in just a week.
Imagine your posts about branded winter jackets getting noticed when winter is almost over. They’re not going to sell no matter how good the collection and the price is!
This is where using advertising on social media and search comes into play to get in front of the right consumers, faster. Here are some resources to help you with the same if you haven’t run ads before:
Request customers who buy from you to share their purchases on their social accounts, and tag you. It could be a picture of them wearing the product they bought from you, how they felt about the packaging or simply the overall experience you delivered.
User generated content is one of the fastest ways to reach more consumers. The good part is that you also get to reach an audience that is more likely to convert as well!
Then there’s also the factor of social proof. Such content also vouches for the quality of the products you deliver; which is of utmost importance when it comes to thrifting.
Use the data you get during an order placement to keep customers engaged going forward. With so many thrifting stores coming up, it is important to stay on top of your customer’s mind to get your next drop sold.
A few ways to do this include:
Explore marketing apps here .
To inspire you to turn thrifting into a successful business, we are listing down some of the popular thrifting stores in India. These aren’t all of them; but just enough to maybe give you the inspiration to start your thrifting business!
A store that focuses on thrifting vintage treasures and wearable art, Aimee Loved has a unique collection of fashion and apparel.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by A I M É E (@aimee.loved)
A Manipur-based thrift store that caters to different styles, Lulu Thrifts focuses on selling stylish printed camisoles and summer dresses.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by 🍒Lulu Thrift🍒 (@lulu_thrift_)
Another store that is known for its unique collection, Vintage Laundry sells clothes with patterns, vibrant colors and artistic work on them.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Vintage Laundry (@vintage.laundryy)
Founded by fashion students as a response to the environmental damage caused by the industry, the store sells clothing items like denim jackets.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Thriftbanana (@thriftbanana)
A clothing and accessories thrifting store, Rerunn curates products as per the season or ongoing trends, in different styles.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Rerunn™ (@rerun.n)
Thrift & Thrive has turned their thrifting into a business by selling preloved branded apparel from names like The North Face and many others, alongside items that match seasonal trends.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Thriftnthrive (@thrift.nthrive)
A woman-run thrift and consignment store, Bombay Closet Cleanse sifts through clothing items from resellers and donors across the globe. They’re promoting circular fashion as a way of life.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Bombay Closet Cleanse (@bombayclosetcleanse)
Finding a niche within the fashion industry, Badass Babes Club thrifts and sells cool (and badass) corsets and bralettes made out of different materials like leather, satin and others.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by BBC2020 (ONLINE THRIFT STORE) (@badassbabesclub_2020)
Kiki Kloset is a thrifting store that sells upcycled jewelry, crop tops and a few other items. They also create and sell jewelry made out of repurposed materials such as hardware.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by 🌻Kiki Kloset™️ by Krishna🧿 (@kikiikloset)
Collections Reloved has a range of items from the best of brands in clothing, handbags and accessories. They are known for handpicking and curating fashion items that are as good as new.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by Collections Reloved (@collectionsreloved)
A niche store that picks out fashion items that have a distinct style from the 1970s and 1980s disco era. Their collection looks straight out from the bygone era.
View this post on Instagram A post shared by unitedbydisco (@disco.very.culture)
Found your inspiration and ready to turn your skills of thrifting into a business? Take the first step with Shopify .
If you have an eye for aesthetics and fashion sense that is admirable, and a zeal to find products at the best of prices, let this be your sign.
Don’t let thrifting be a passing fad. Turn your passion into a business by getting it right from the start!
If you’re someone who has started thrifting recently and are seeing success by selling on Instagram, your next step to turning it into a business is going online and setting up a storefront that doesn’t need your customers to DM you for placing an order.
With Shopify, setting up a store and managing your inventory is easy.
Get started with a free trial today and be the one thrifting business that lasts !
What is thrifting?
Thrifting refers to the process of putting back pre-owned and upcycled products back into use. These products typically include clothing, accessories, home decor and similar items. From a business perspective, thrifting stores sell these thrifted products online, wherein they are the ones to pick out the items in a particular niche for a target market.
How do I start a thrifting business?
To start a thrifting business, decide whether you’d like to sell a variety of items or focus on selling a specific range of products. For example, vintage furniture, clothing, home decor and other products. Post which, you need to find a supplier or a location that you can thrift items from. In India, some popular markets for thrifting include Sarojini Market, Lajpat and similar. You can also partner with people who’d like to give away their collection of unused items.
Why do people shop at thrift stores in India?
Since the ban of websites like Shein, finding affordable yet fashionable clothes at affordable costs is nearly impossible. Thrifting stores offer an ethical alternative to the need for staying up-to-date with fashion, on a budget. Apart from getting access to a unique wardrobe, consumers have also become more conscious during the pandemic, choosing to recycle products more often, wasting fewer resources.
What makes a thrift store successful?
To run a thrift store, you need to have an eye for picking out products that resonate with online shoppers. You need to also have an understanding of the potential retail value of those items so that you price the thrifted products with some profit margin. One way to do this is by keeping the overall cost lesser than market value, but competitive enough to compensate for the effort you made in picking out or sourcing the product.
Is thrifting available in India?
Yes. In India, thrifting is available and is most prominent on Instagram as of today but is slowly entering ecommerce as well. The buyer segment for these businesses typically include students and those starting out their careers.
Is thrifting a trend right now?
The pandemic has turned consumers towards more sustainable measures for maintaining a lifestyle. It has made second hand shopping, also known as thrifting, a common practice. Studies show that thrifting has turned into a $28 billion industry that is expected to eclipse trends like fast fashion by 2029.
Is thrifting really cheaper?
From a consumer perspective, yes, thrifting is cheaper as compared to the retail price of most products - especially the ones that are branded items. You can get a branded product for a couple of hundred, but it may run into thousands as well depending on the quality the thrift store is selling.
From a business perspective, thrifting is time consuming, but it is cheaper when you’re sourcing for products to sell online. It’s more fun because you’re on the lookout for one-of-a-kind items and don’t have to worry about stocking up the same inventory. If you’re a hard negotiator, the ball is totally in your court!
How much money can you make owning a thrift store?
This may vary from store to store depending on who their target audience is, what products they are selling and how well they’re marketing the items. It was found that used merchandise retailers make a profit of 3.3% and upwards on selling thrifted items online. With the right marketing plan and a good collection, your monthly revenue can run in lakhs as well.
Where do thrift stores get inventory in India?
Most thrift store inventory comes from donations. Many people own products like clothes, furniture, home decor, etc that they have never used or do not make use of anymore or have too many of. To make space, they tend to give away these items. Another way to source products is through factory outlets, local markets and consignment stores. Thrift stores also upcycle products to create new items; for example, patching up scarfs to create a unique design for one.
Are there any thrift shops in India?
The number of thrift stores in India are increasing by the day. Some of the popular names being Vintage Laundry, Rerunn, KikiKloset and others. Thrift stores are running their business at different scales.
Keep up with the latest from Shopify
Get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.
By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.
The point of sale for every sale.
Subscribe to our blog and get free ecommerce tips, inspiration, and resources delivered directly to your inbox.
Unsubscribe anytime. By entering your email, you agree to receive marketing emails from Shopify.
20 Feb 2024
19 Feb 2024
15 Feb 2024
Learn on the go. Try Shopify for free, and explore all the tools you need to start, run, and grow your business.
Try Shopify for free, no credit card required.
Sephora polishing up plans to open new store near nyc’s high line: sources.
Sephora will expand its already sizable presence in the Big Apple with a super-sized store near the High Line, Realty Check has learned.
The LVMH-owned brand just nailed down a 6,200 square-foot location that will open next year at Brookfield Properties’ Manhattan West between Ninth and Tenth avenues, retail sources said.
It will join “wellness” tenants such as Silver Mirror, Peloton Studios and Reset by Therabody at the thriving eight-acre complex just east of Related Companies’ Hudson Yards.
Brookfield wouldn’t confirm a Sephora lease or comment. Sephora didn’t respond to an e-mail seeking comment.
Insiders said last year’s opening of the Moynihan Connector, which links the High Line Park with the Manhattan West public plaza, has driven a large uptick in foot traffic to the complex, which has six million square feet of fully leased offices and 844 rental apartments.
A retail analyst who didn’t want to be named said that Manhattan West retailers have enjoyed 20% year-over-year sales growth so far in 2024.
Restaurant and food offerings in the trendy neighborhood include a huge P.J. Clarke’s Oyster Bar, Danny Meyer’s Ci Siamo, and Zou Zou’s at the Pendry Hotel.
It won’t be Sephora’s first foray to the Far West Side.
The cosmetics and beauty juggernaut had a store in the Hudson Yards shopping mall, but was among several major brands that closed there after the pandemic hit.
The chain has about 27 outlets in the city, including its largest in the US on West 34th Street and one soon to open on West 125th Street in Harlem.
LVMH chief executive Bernard Arnault — the world’s fifth richest person, according to Forbes — praised Sephora’s “remarkable performance,” which “surpassed all predictions” in a January investors presentation.
The popular beauty brand is said to be the driver behind LVMH’s “selective retailing” sector, which boasted $19.8 billion in 2023 sales.
Advertisement
COMMENTS
Summarize key components of your business plan, such as target market, products, competitive analysis, marketing strategy, and financial projections. ... Licenses Required to Start a Retail Business in India. To open a retail store in India, you need to obtain several licenses and permits to ensure compliance with local regulations and operate ...
Steps to Start a Retail Business in India. Perform detailed market research, identify the consumer needs, competition, and target, and lay down an informative business strategy. Plan the business outlining the vision, mission, structure of operations, marketing strategies, and financial projections.
Here's what to include in your executive summary: Business name and location: Start with your business's name and physical or online location. Mission statement: A single sentence summarizing your business goals and market needs. Products/services: Briefly describe your offering, highlighting its unique features.
According to the Indian Economic Survey 2021, the domestic pharmacy market is expected to reach $65 billion by 2024. The pharmacy business is also one of the few evergreen businesses in India, almost unaffected by economic cycles. A drug license is necessary to start a pharmacy business.
Plan well before you start taking steps. Validate your financial plan in the real world. Estimate how much does the setting up of the clothing store business cost you. Apply for the small business bank loans if necessary. Also, try finding private investors. Know where you should invest, how much to invest. 5.
For example, you may have a goal to open 5 stores within the next 10 years. Or you may want to successfully expand a stand-alone store. Step 1- Prepare A Business Plan. You should prepare a business plan for how to run the garment business. A business plan is necessary to obtain financing, and also provide you a road-map.
Create a business plan. Once you have all of the above information, you need to put it all together in a business plan. This document will outline your business goals, strategies, and financial projections. Having a well-thought-out business plan is essential for any successful business. 5. Register your business. The next step is to register ...
This is an important step in building your successful clothing brand: 1. Register Your Brand Name and Logo. Commence your journey by securing your brand name and logo. This isn't just a legal formality; it's a shield against potential imitations and brand dilution.
On the Shopify dashboard, click on 'Online store' and then select 'Navigation' from the dropdown. Click on 'Main Menu' to start customizing your top menu bar. On this page, click on 'Add menu item'. Add a name for the menu item (keep it short) and paste the relevant link.
Have a clear goal. When creating a business plan, you'll need to put in more work and deliver a more thorough plan if your goal is to secure funding for your business, versus working through a plan for yourself or your team. 3. Invest time in research.
Source Image: Capital float. To start a best grocery store in India, you will need to have your grocery store business GST registration done. You will get a GSTIN, which is a 15 digit code number or a unique GST identification number. Registration is compulsory only if your annual business turnover crosses a specific number.
12 Steps to Start an Online Clothing Business in India. 1. Market Research. Before diving into the clothing business, it's crucial to conduct thorough market research to understand the current trends, consumer preferences, and competitive landscape. Identify your target audience, niche market, and unique selling proposition (USP) that will ...
3 How to Start a Kirana Store. 3.1 Step 1: Make a Decent Business Plan. 3.2 Step 2: Opting for a Locality. 3.3 Step 3: Know your Customer. 3.4 Step 4: Invest Cautiously. 3.5 Step 5: Acquiring the Licenses. 3.6 Step 6: Choosing the Vendor. 3.7 Step 7: Holiday Tactic. 4 Step 8: Schemes and Discount.
Generally, daily household items sold in the department store ranges from 1-3% depending on the item. Remember that small grocery shops like Kiranas earn profit on quantity and regularity of sale. Kirana stores depend on every customer purchasing multiple items which thereby increases the profit margins. 11.
7 Steps to Start a Hardware Store Business in India. 1. Determine Your Target Market. To give you a good starting point in creating a hardware store business plan, determine your target market. In a hardware shop business, the 2 most important customer types are professional contractors and local homeowners.
While planning to start a grocery store business in India, here are a few legal documents you must possess: 1. Trade License: Municipalities issue exchange permits in various Indian states. While setting up a grocery store, you must obtain these permits from municipal bodies. The process is simple and takes only 5-7 days to complete.
A Sample Indian Grocery Store Business Plan Template. 1. Industry Overview. Indian grocery store is a subset of the overall grocery stores cum retail industry. Grocery stores, including supermarkets, account for the largest share of food store sales in the US. In 2013, grocery stores accounted for 90% of the country's food and beverage store ...
Step 1- Have A Solid Business Plan. Any small or big business turns into a quick disaster without a proper business plan to execute. Understand the financial status of the customers you're targeting and price your commodities accordingly. Start by analysing the preferences of your potential buyers.
In tier-1 cities, it can range from INR 10-15 lakhs or more. In tier-2 cities, you might need around INR 7-12 lakhs. In villages, you can start with INR 5-10 lakhs. These figures are just estimates and should be a part of your Kirana store business plan. Your investment needs will depend on rent, inventory costs, and licenses.
Documents required for the grocery store business in India are: Registering your business under a sole proprietorship, partnership, or other ownership options. Getting a trade license for your store. Registering your business under the Shops and Establishment Act of 1953. Obtaining an FSSAI license.
Start an ecommerce business in 5 steps. Find product opportunities and choose what to sell. Thoroughly research your competition and write a business plan. Choose a logo and name and set up your online store. Choose your shipping strategy and set sales and marketing goals. Launch your business.
Dubai: Leading jewellery retailer Malabar Gold and Diamonds announced Monday plans to launch 20 new showrooms in October this year. The new showrooms will be located in various locations in India ...
The Adani Group plans to build a semiconductor fabrication plant with an Israeli partner, in a bid to bolster India's chipmaking capabilities as semiconductors become a key geopolitical ...
NEW DELHI :Israel's Tower Semiconductor and Adani Group will invest 839.47 billion rupees ($10 billion) for a semiconductor project in India's western state of Maharashtra, its chief minister said ...
Amazon Inc plans to export about $5 billion of small-ticket items from India this year, up from nearly $3 billion in 2023, supplying markets such as the United States and Britain, a company ...
India Business News: Amazon plans to export about $5 billion of small-ticket items from India this year, up from nearly $3 billion in 2023. ... Walmart Inc plans to hike its supplies from India to ...
So far, in 2024, early-stage funding totals $40.4 million. Seed-stage funding in India peaked in 2021 at $175 million but has since declined significantly. Funding for seed-stage rounds dropped to $8.5 million in 2024 YTD, marking a 76 per cent decrease from the $156 million raised in 2022.
3. Optimize for the search engine. Even when it comes to thrifting, about 60% of the buying journeys start from the search engine. So if you want to get your store noticed, it's time to target the right keywords and optimize your store pages, product descriptions and images to rank for the high intent searches.
The cosmetics juggernaut just nailed down a 6,200 square-foot store to open next year at Brookfield Properties' Manhattan West between Ninth and Tenth avenues, retail sources said.
BRUSSELS — Europe won't put its trash up for sale anymore and its customers are not happy.. Long accused of dumping its waste in poorer countries instead of dealing with it, the European Union this year decided to restrict waste shipments, preventing certain materials like plastics or chemicals from being sent to countries that cannot treat them properly.